Quarterlytics / Industrials / Engineering & Construction / Tetra Tech

Tetra Tech

ttek · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker ttek
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Engineering & Construction
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Tetra Tech
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2017 Annual Report

Focused on  
Excellence

Revenue

Dear Shareholders

$M

$M

$M

%

Operating Income

Backlog

3-Year Total   
Shareholder Return

I am pleased to report that Tetra Tech had 
an excellent 2017 fiscal year, with record high 
revenue, income, and earnings per share. We 
closed the year with backlog of more than $2.5 
billion, the highest in the history of the company. 
And most important, as we begin 2018, we have 
the resources and expertise to deliver high-end 
services in more places around the world than 
ever before. Our Leading with Science® approach 
is integral to our success in addressing the 

growing opportunities in water, environment, energy, infrastructure, resource 
management, and international development.  

Tetra Tech’s strong performance in fiscal year 2017 resulted in annual revenue 
of $2.75 billion, which generated operating income of $183 million and 
diluted earnings per share of $2.04, which represented growth of 35% and 
44%, respectively, over fiscal year 2016. In addition to our record financial 
performance, we enhanced our shareholder returns through continued share 
repurchases and dividends. We have maintained strong cash flow and a 
conservative net debt-to-equity ratio of 18%, enabling us to deploy cash for 
strategic acquisitions while still providing substantial returns to shareholders. 
Our consistent financial performance has resulted in an 85% increase in our 
stock price over the last three years.  

In 2017, Tetra Tech was ranked by Engineering News-Record, the leading trade 
journal for our industry, as the number one water services firm for the 14th 
consecutive year. During the year, we continued to advance our position 
as the leading water firm by designing cutting-edge water reuse and water 
management solutions for major cities such as New York, Los Angeles, and 
Vancouver, and metropolitan areas of Florida and Texas.  

This past year, the United States was impacted by an unprecedented 18 
significant natural disasters. The damages are estimated to be in excess 
of $300 billion and are expected to drive long-term capital spending for 
resilient infrastructure for more than a decade. Tetra Tech supported more 
than 100 state and local clients across Texas, Florida, California, and Puerto 
Rico in their first wave of post-disaster needs, including monitoring, damage 
assessment, mitigation planning, and data analytics. A decade of careful 
preparation and capacity building and a team of dedicated associates enable 
us to quickly respond and scale up multiple teams to respond to our clients’ 
emergency response and community resilience needs. 

Fiscal year 2017 also saw Tetra Tech win new contracts with the United States 
federal government that help advance our strategic plan and position the 
company well into the future. Most notably, we won the five-year Federal 
Aviation Administration’s (FAA) NAVTAC II, a $356-million single-award 
contract, where we will provide essential services for the full deployment of 
global positioning technology in the U.S. National Airspace System. In all, over 
the past year, we were awarded more than $2.5 billion in contracts with the 
U.S. government for a wide range of civilian and defense-related programs for 
infrastructure, water, and asset management services.

On a global scale, in 2017 we worked for international development agencies in Australia, the United Kingdom, and the 
United States, helping them support developing economies. We adapted new technologies in data collection and analytics 
to help these emerging economies develop renewable energy sources; better manage water systems; and build sustainable 
agriculture, fisheries, and forestry programs. 

We also supported our commercial clients worldwide—including in the areas of energy, oil and gas, and mining—to help 
them efficiently assess new projects, address environmental permitting needs, and design fast-track engineering projects. 
Across North America, we supported essential programs to build out midstream pipeline systems needed to support 
distribution of the rapidly expanding supply of domestic oil and gas. We also advanced environmental remediation 
programs, especially as a leader in the removal and disposal of contaminated sediments, in locations including Fox River, 
Middle River, and Passaic River in the United States. During 2017, we removed more than 500,000 tons of contaminated 
sediments and associated PCBs and dioxins from U.S. river systems.

In fiscal year 2017, we began a strategic initiative to expand our high-end infrastructure business with a focus on sustainable 
designs that use less energy, recycle water, and create healthy environments. At the start of the 2018 fiscal year, we added 
to Tetra Tech’s existing expertise in this area through our strategic acquisition of Glumac, with locations primarily in 
the western United States. Following completion of our announced acquisition of Norman Disney & Young, with offices 
throughout Australia, the Asia-Pacific region, the United Kingdom, and Canada, our high-performance buildings practice will 
include more than 1,000 design engineers to serve our clients globally.

Our strategy in fiscal year 2018 is to bring Tetra Tech’s resources and next generation of Leading with Science® solutions 
to existing and future clients. We are investing in strategic initiatives that build on our strength in modeling and analytics 
to develop user-friendly dashboards that will help our clients interpret and synthesize vast amounts of data, often from 
multiple sources.

We are expanding our high-end, high-value services in management consulting to assist our clients with long-term planning, 
financial analysis, and optimization of their infrastructure spending. We look forward to partnering with our clients as they 
address today’s challenges and helping them adapt to a changing climate by designing resilient solutions for the future.  

To further facilitate our growth in the 2018 fiscal year, we reorganized our operations to better align with the current markets 
and client sectors on which we are focused, resulting in two segments: our predominately government-related Government 
Services Group (GSG) and our Commercial/International Group (CIG). As part of investing in our future, we will continue to 
identify acquisition targets that advance our strategy—market-leading companies that will add to our expertise and expand 
our global coverage. 

We believe that Tetra Tech is in a stronger strategic and financial position today than ever before. Levels of demand 
for services in our markets of water, environment, energy, infrastructure, resource management, and international 
development are unprecedented. With a highly networked and innovative team of more than 16,000 associates across 6 
continents, we are uniquely positioned to meet the world’s most complex challenges.  

On behalf of Tetra Tech, we thank you for your continued confidence and support. We look forward to the opportunities 
ahead and a successful 2018.

Sincerely,

Dan L. Batrack
Chairman & CEO

[ This page is intentionally left blank ] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
____________________________________________________________________________

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One)

(cid:95)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

(cid:133)

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended October 1, 2017

or

For the Transition Period from 

to 

Commission File Number 0-19655

____________________________________________________________________________

TETRA TECH, INC. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

95-4148514
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

3475 East Foothill Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91107
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(626) 351-4664
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, $.01 par value
(Title of class)

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
(Name of exchange)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None 

____________________________________________________________________________

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:95) No (cid:133)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes (cid:133) No (cid:95)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for 
the past 90 days. Yes (cid:95) No (cid:133)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be 
submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes (cid:95) No (cid:133)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not 
be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any 
amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:133)

Indicate by check  mark  whether the  registrant is  a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company, or an 
emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  "large  accelerated  filer,"  "accelerated  filer"  and  "smaller  reporting  company,"  and  "emerging  growth 
company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer (cid:95) Accelerated filer (cid:133)  Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if a smaller reporting 
company) (cid:133) Smaller reporting company (cid:133) Emerging growth company (cid:133)

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or 
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. (cid:133)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:133) No (cid:95)

The aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates on April 2, 2017, was $2.3 billion (based upon the closing price of a share of 
registrant's common stock as reported by the Nasdaq National Market on that date).

On November 1, 2017, 55,722,592 shares of the registrant's common stock were outstanding.

DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of registrant's Proxy Statement for its 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this report where indicated.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

(cid:3)Item 1(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)Business
General
Mission
The Tetra Tech Strategy
Reportable Segments
Water, Environment & Infrastructure
Resource Management & Energy
Remediation and Construction Management
Project Examples
Fiscal 2018 Reportable Segments
Clients
Contracts
Marketing and Business Development
Sustainability Program
Acquisitions and Divestitures
Competition
Backlog
Regulations
Seasonality
Potential Liability and Insurance
Employees
Executive Officers of the Registrant

Item 1A Risk Factors
Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2
Item 3
Item 4 Mine Safety Disclosures

Properties
Legal Proceedings

Item 5 Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

PART II

Securities
Selected Financial Data

Item 6
Item 7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Item 8
Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A Controls and Procedures
Item 9B Other Information

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

PART III
Item 10 Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11 Executive Compensation
Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14 Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Item 15 Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Index to Exhibits
Signatures

PART IV

2 

Page

3
3
3
4
5
5
7
8
8
(cid:20)(cid:19)
10
10
12
12
13
13
14
14
15
15
15
16
19
37
37
38
38

39
41
4(cid:21)
61
63
103
103
103

103
104
104
104
104

10(cid:23)
10(cid:25)
10(cid:27)

             This  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  (“Report”),  including  the  “Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations,” contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and our future results that 
are subject to the safe harbors created under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”)  and the Securities Exchange Act 
of  1934  (the  “Exchange  Act”).  All  statements  other  than  statements  of  historical  facts  are  statements  that  could  be  deemed 
forward-looking statements. These statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the 
industries in which we operate and the beliefs and assumptions of our management. Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” 
“targets,” “goals,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” “seeks,” “continues,” “may,” variations of such 
words, and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. In addition, statements that refer to 
projections  of  our  future  financial  performance,  our  anticipated  growth  and  trends  in  our  businesses,  and  other 
characterizations of future events or circumstances are forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that these forward-
looking  statements  are  only  predictions  and  are  subject  to  risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions  that  are  difficult  to  predict, 
including  those  identified below  under  “Risk  Factors,”  and elsewhere herein.  Therefore,  actual  results  may differ  materially 
and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to revise or update publicly 
any forward-looking statements for any reason.

PART I

Item 1.    Business

General

Tetra  Tech, Inc.  is  a  leading  provider  of  consulting  and  engineering  services  that  focuses  on  water,  environment, 
infrastructure, resource management, energy, and international development. We are a global company that leads with science 
and is renowned for our expertise in providing water-related solutions for public and private clients. We typically begin at the 
earliest stage of a project to identify plans that are tailored to our clients' needs and resources. Our solutions may span the entire 
life  cycle  of  consulting  and  engineering  projects  and  include  applied  science,  data  analytics,  research,  engineering,  design, 
construction management, and operations and maintenance.

Engineering News-Record ("ENR"), the leading trade journal for our industry, has ranked us the number one water 
services firm for the past 14 years, most recently in its May 2017 "Top 500 Design Firms" issue. In 2017, Tetra Tech was also 
ranked  number  one  in  water  treatment/desalination,  water  treatment  and  supply,  environmental  management,  dams  and 
reservoirs,  solid  waste,  and  wind  power.  ENR  ranks Tetra Tech  among  the  largest  10  firms  in  numerous  other  service  lines, 
including  engineering/design,  environmental  science,  chemical  and  soil  remediation,  site  assessment  and  compliance,  and 
hazardous waste.

Our  reputation  for  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  services  and  our  ability  to  apply  our  skills  to  develop 
solutions  for  water  and  environmental  management  has  supported  our  growth  for  over  50 years  since  the  founding  of  our 
predecessor  company.  By  combining  ingenuity  and  practical  experience,  we  have  helped  to  advance  solutions  for  managing 
water, protecting the environment, providing energy, and engineering the infrastructure for our cities and communities. Today, 
we are working on projects worldwide, and currently have more than 16,000 staff, and over 400 offices.

Mission

Our  mission  is  to  be  the  premier  worldwide  consulting  and  engineering  firm,  focusing  on  water,  environment, 
infrastructure, resource  management,  energy,  and  international  development  services. The following  core  principles  form  the 
underpinning of how we work together to serve our clients:

•

•

•

•

Service.  We  put  our  clients  first.  We  listen  closely  to  better  understand  our  clients'  needs  and  deliver  smart,  cost-
effective solutions that meet their needs.

Value.  We solve our clients' problems as if they were our own. We develop and implement real-world solutions that 
are innovative, efficient and practical.

Excellence.  We  bring  superior  technical  capability,  disciplined  project  management,  and  excellence  in  safety  and 
quality to all of our services.

Opportunity.  Our  people  are  our  number  one  asset.  Opportunity  means  new  technical  challenges  that  provide 
advancement within our company, encouraging a diverse workforce, and ensuring a safe workplace.

3 

The Tetra Tech Strategy

To continue our successful growth and our competitive position in the markets we serve, we have implemented the 
following strategy that is integral to our future success. Our approach is to lead with science and provide high-end solutions 
that  are  differentiated  and  of  long-lasting  sustainable  benefit  to  our  clients.  Our  approach  encompasses  five  key  aspects  of 
differentiation:

Technical Differentiation.    Since our inception, we have provided innovative consulting and engineering services, 
with  a  focus  on  providing  solutions  that  integrate  innovation  with  practical  experience. Adaptation  of  emerging  science  and 
technology  in  the  development  of  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  solutions  is  central  to  our  approach  to  Leading  with 
Science® in the delivery of our services.

Relationships  and  Trust.    We  have  achieved  a  broad  client  and  contract  base  by  proactively  understanding  our 
clients'  priorities  and  demonstrating  a  long  track  record  of  successful  performance  that  results  in  repeat  business  and  limits
competition. We believe that proximity to our clients is also instrumental to integrating global experience and resources with an 
understanding of our local clients' needs. Over the past year, we worked in over 100 countries, helping government and private
sector clients address complex water, environment, energy and related infrastructure needs.

Institutional  Knowledge.    Over  our  history,  we  have  supported  both  public  and  private  clients,  many  for  multiple 
decades of  continuous  contracts  and  repeat business.  Long-term  relationships provide  us with  institutional knowledge  of  our 
clients'  programs,  past  projects  and  internal  resources.  Institutional  knowledge  is  often  a  significant  factor  in  providing 
competitive proposals and cost-effective solutions tailored to our clients' needs.

One-of-a-Kind Solutions.    We are often at the leading edge of new challenges where we are providing one-of-a-kind 
solutions. These might be a new water reuse technology, a unique solution to addressing new regulatory requirements, a new 
monitoring approach for assessing infrastructure assets or a computer model for real time management of water resources. We 
are  constantly  evolving  and  adding  to  our  intellectual  property,  including  a  wide  range  of  computer  models,  algorithms, 
analytical  software,  and  environmental  treatment  approaches  and  instrumentation,  often  in  collaboration  with  our  forward-
thinking clients. Bringing our one-of-a-kind solutions to real world problems is a differentiator in expanding our services and 
growing our business.

Smart  Solutions and  Innovation.    Smart  solutions  often  require  taking  the  same  pieces  of  the  puzzle  and  putting 
them together in a different way for a better outcome. Complex projects for the public and private sectors, at the leading edge 
of policy and technology development, often require innovative solutions that combine multiple aspects of our interdisciplinary 
capabilities, technical resources and institutional knowledge.

Our  strategy  leverages  our  five  differentiators  to  drive  growth  in  our  water,  environment,  infrastructure,  resource 
management, energy, and international development markets. We are focused on continuing to expand our leadership position 
in  these  markets,  while  also  investing  in  emerging  growth  areas.  Our  differentiated  capabilities  provide  us  a  competitive 
advantage  to  address  new  opportunities  in  the  marketplace  and  apply  new  technologies  to  the  fastest  growing  areas  of  our 
business. 

To support our growth plans, we actively attract, recruit and retain key hires. Our combination of high-end science
and  consulting  with  practical  applications  provides  challenging  and  rewarding  opportunities  for  our  employees,  thereby 
enhancing  our  ability  to  recruit  and  retain  top  quality  talent.  Our  internal  networking  programs,  leadership  training, 
entrepreneurial  environment,  focus  on  technical  excellence,  and  global  project  portfolio  help  to  attract  and  retain  highly 
qualified individuals.

We  also  maintain  a  strong  emphasis  on  project  management  at  all  levels  of  the  organization.  Our  client-focused 
project  management  is  supported  by  strong  fiscal  management  and  financial  tools.  We  take  a  disciplined  approach  to 
monitoring, managing and improving our return on investment in each of our business areas through our efforts to negotiate 
appropriate contract terms, manage our contract performance to minimize schedule delays and cost overruns, and promptly bill 
and collect accounts receivable.

Our  strategic  growth  plans  are  augmented  by  our  selective  investment  in  acquisitions  aligned  with  our  business. 
Acquisitions enhance plans to broaden our service offerings, add contract capacity and extend our geographic presence. Our 

4 

experience with acquisitions strengthens our ability to integrate and rapidly leverage the resources of the acquired companies
post-acquisition.

Reportable Segments

In fiscal 2017, we managed our operations under three reportable segments. We reported our water resources, water 
and wastewater treatment, environment, and infrastructure engineering activities in the Water, Environment and Infrastructure 
("WEI")  reportable  segment.  Our  Resource  Management  and  Energy  ("RME")  reportable  segment  included  our  oil  and  gas, 
energy, international development, waste management, remediation, and utilities services. In addition, we reported the results 
of  the  wind-down  of  our  non-core  construction  activities  in  the  Remediation  and  Construction  Management  ("RCM") 
reportable segment. The following table presents the percentage of our revenue by reportable segment: 

Reportable Segment
WEI
RME
RCM
Inter-segment elimination

2017
41.6%
60.5
0.7
(2.8)

Fiscal Year
2016
39.8%
60.8
2.0
(2.6)

2015
43.2%
55.8
3.7
(2.7)

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

For additional information regarding our reportable segments, see Note 18, "Reportable Segments" of the "Notes to 

Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8.

Beginning in fiscal 2018, we further aligned our operations to better serve our clients and markets, resulting in two 
renamed reportable segments. Our Government Services Group ("GSG") reportable segment primarily includes activities with 
U.S.  government  clients  (federal,  state  and  local)  and  all  activities  with  development  agencies  worldwide.  Our 
Commercial/International  Services  Group  ("CIG")  reportable  segment  primarily  includes  activities  with  U.S.  commercial 
clients and all international activities other than work for development agencies. This alignment allows us to capitalize on our 
growing market opportunities and enhance the development of high-end consulting and technical solutions to meet our growing 
client  demand.  We  will  continue  to  report  the  results  of  the  wind-down  of  our  non-core  construction  activities  in  the  RCM 
segment.

Further descriptions of our GSG and CIG segments are included below under “2018 Reportable Segments”. For more 
information on risks related to our business, segments and geographic regions, including risks related to foreign operations, see 
Item 1A, “Risk Factors” of this report.

Water, Environment and Infrastructure

WEI  provides  consulting  and  engineering  services  worldwide  for  a  broad  range  of  water,  environment,  and 
infrastructure-related needs in both developed and emerging economies. WEI supports both public and private clients including 
federal,  state/provincial  and  local  governments,  and  commercial  clients.  The  primary  WEI  markets  include  water  resources 
analysis and water management, environmental monitoring, data analytics, government consulting, and a broad range of civil 
infrastructure  master  planning  and  engineering  design for  facilities,  transportation,  and  local  development  projects.  WEI's 
services  span  from  early  data  collection  and  monitoring,  to  data  analysis  and  information  technology,  to  science  and 
engineering applied research, to engineering design, to construction management, and operations and maintenance.

WEI  provides  our  clients  with  sustainable  solutions  that  optimize  their  water  management  and  environmental 
programs  to  address  regulatory  requirements,  improve  operational  efficiencies,  manage  assets,  and  promote  corporate 
responsibility.  Our  services  advance  sustainability  through  the  "greening"  of  infrastructure,  design  of  energy  efficiency  and
resource conservation programs, innovation in the capture and sequestration of carbon, formulation of emergency preparedness 
and response plans, and improvement in water and land resource management practices. We provide climate change and energy 
management consulting, and greenhouse gas inventory assessment, certification, reduction, and management services.

Many government and commercial organizations face complex problems due to increased demand and competition for 
water and natural resources, newly understood threats to human health and the environment, aging infrastructure, and demand 

5 

for  new  and  more  resilient  infrastructure  in  emerging  economies.  Our  integrated  water  management  services  support 
government  agencies  responsible  for  managing  water  supplies,  wastewater  treatment,  storm  water  management,  and  flood 
protection. These services also support private sector clients that require water supply and treatment for industrial processes. 
We help our clients develop water supplies and manage water resources, while addressing a wide range of local and national 
government requirements and policies. Fluctuations in weather patterns and extreme events, such as prolonged droughts and 
more  frequent  flooding,  are  increasing  concerns  over  the  reliability  of  water  supplies,  the  need  to  protect  coastal  areas,  and
flood mitigation and adaptation in metropolitan areas.

Examples of our services include the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Providing high-end water analysis services world-wide, including master planning; data analytics, modeling of surface 
and groundwater behavior, particularly in the areas of water resources, watershed management, and climate adaptation 
analysis; drought mitigation and water supply development; and flood mitigation and management.

Supporting  innovative  software  and  system  design  services  for  a  wide  range  of  water  resource,  environmental  and 
infrastructure  data  management  needs,  including  informational  technology  systems,  portals,  dashboards,  data 
management, data analytics, and statistical analysis.

Providing smart water infrastructure solutions that integrate water modeling, instrumentation and controls, and real-
time controls to create flexible water systems that respond to changing conditions, optimize use of infrastructure, and 
provide clients with the ability to more efficiently monitor and manage their water infrastructure.

Providing  consulting  and  engineering  design  services  that  are  applied  to  numerous  aspects  of  water  quality  and 
quantity management, including major water and wastewater treatment plants, combined sewer storage and separation, 
water reuse (indirect and potable reuse) programs, regional storm water management and green infrastructure design, 
and  drainage  and  flood  control;  supporting  master  planning,  permitting,  design,  and  construction  of  water-related 
redevelopment projects, and parks and river corridor restoration projects; and providing water supply, water treatment, 
and water reuse services.

Providing  comprehensive  services  for  environmental  planning,  cleanup  and  reuse  of  sites  contaminated  with 
hazardous materials, toxic chemicals, and oil and petroleum products, which cover all phases of the remedial planning 
process,  starting  with  emergency  response  and  initial  site  assessment  through  removal  actions,  remedial  design  and 
implementation  oversight;  and  supporting  both  commercial  and  government  clients  in  planning  and  implementing 
remedial  activities  at numerous  sites  around  the  world,  and  providing  a  broad  range  of  environmental  analysis  and 
planning services.

Offering engineering design services for commercial clients; helping to renovate, upgrade, and modernize industrial 
water supplies, and address water treatment and water reuse needs; and providing plant engineering, project execution, 
and program management services for industrial water treatment projects throughout the world.

Providing analytical, engineering, architecture, geotechnical, and construction management services for infrastructure 
projects,  including  roadway  monitoring  and  asset  management  services,  collecting  condition  data,  optimizing 
upgrades and long-term planning for expansion; providing multi-model design services for commuter railway stations, 
airport expansions, bridges and major highways, and ports and harbors; and designing solutions to repair, replace, and 
upgrade older transportation infrastructure.

Providing infrastructure design services in extreme and remote areas by using specialized techniques that are adapted 
to local resources, while minimizing environmental impacts, and considering potential climate change impacts. These 
include providing consulting, geotechnical, and design services to owners of transportation, natural resources, energy 
and community infrastructure in the Arctic and areas of permafrost around the globe.

Providing  planning,  architectural,  and  engineering  services  for  U.S.  federal,  state  and  local  government,  and 
commercial facilities and their related infrastructure needs including military housing, and educational, institutional, 
corporate headquarters, healthcare, and research facilities; providing civil, electrical, mechanical, structural, plumbing 
and fire protection engineering and design services for buildings and surrounding developments around the world; and 
providing engineering and construction management projects for a wide range of clients with specialized needs, such 

6 

as  security  systems,  training  and  audiovisual  facilities,  clean  rooms,  laboratories,  medical  facilities  and  emergency 
preparedness facilities.

•

Providing  technology  systems  to  optimize  the  airspace  system  and  related  aviation  systems  integration  for  the  U.S.
and  other  countries.  Our  aviation  airspace  services  include  data  management,  data  processing,  communications  and
outreach, and systems development; and providing systems analysis and information management.

Resource Management and Energy

RME provides consulting and engineering services worldwide for a broad range of resource management and energy 
needs.  RME  supports both private  and public  clients,  including  global  industrial  and commercial  clients,  major  international 
development agencies, and U.S. federal agencies in large-scale remediation. The primary markets for RME's services include 
natural resources, energy, international development, remediation, waste management, and utilities. RME's services span from 
early  data  collection  and  monitoring,  to  data  analysis  and  information  technology,  to  feasibility  studies  and  assessments,  to 
science and engineering applied research, to engineering design, to construction management, and operations and maintenance. 
RME  also  supports  engineering,  procurement  and  construction  management  ("EPCM")  for  full  service implementation  of 
commercial projects.

RME  supports  our  clients  in  addressing  emerging  policies,  resource  limitations  and  concern  about  climate  change, 
including  the  design  of  energy  conservation  measures,  retrofits  to  existing  structures,  upgrades  to  energy  transmission 
infrastructure,  and  the  development  of  renewable  energy  resources. We  also  support  governments  in  deploying  international 
development programs for developing nations to help them overcome numerous challenges, including access to potable water, 
agricultural programs, governance and infrastructure programs, education, and human health.

Examples of our services include the following:

•

•

•

•

Providing a full range of services to electric power utilities and independent power producers worldwide, ranging from
macro-level planning and management advisory services to project-specific environmental, engineering, construction
management, and operational services, and advising on the design and implementation of a smart grid both in the U.S.
and  internationally,  including  increasing  utility  automation,  information  and  operational  technologies,  and  critical
infrastructure  security.  For  utilities  and  governmental  regulatory  agencies,  services  include  policy  and  regulatory
development,  utility  management,  performance  improvement,  asset  management  and  evaluation,  and  transaction
support services. For developers and owners of renewable energy resources such as solar grid and off-grid, on-shore
and off-shore wind, biogas and biomass, tidal, and hydropower, and conventional power generation facilities, as well
as  transmission  and  distribution  assets,  services  include  environmental,  engineering,  procurement,  operations  and
maintenance, and regulatory support for all project phases.

Supporting  oil  and  gas  clients  across North  America,  Australia,  Papua  New  Guinea,  and  the  Middle  East  in  the
upstream,  midstream  and  downstream  market  sectors. Our  services  include  environmental permitting support,  siting
studies,  strategic  planning  and  analyses;  design  of  well  pads  and  surface  impoundments  for  drilling  sites;  water
management  for  exploration  activities;  design  of  midstream  pipelines  and  associated  pumping  stations  and  storage
facilities;  construction  monitoring,  design  and  construction  management  for  downstream  sustaining  capital  projects;
biological and cultural assessments, and site investigations; and hazardous waste site remediation.

Providing international development services to many donor agencies to develop safe and reliable water supplies and
sanitation  services,  support  the  eradication  of  poverty,  improve  livelihoods,  promote  democracy  and  increase
economic  growth;  planning,  designing,  implementing,  researching,  and  monitoring  projects  in  the  areas  of  climate
change,  agriculture  and  rural  development,  governance  and  institutional  development,  natural  resources  and  the
environment, infrastructure, economic growth, energy, rule of law and justice systems, land tenure and property rights,
and  training  and  consulting  for  public-private  partnerships;  and  building  capacity  and  strengthening  institutions  in
areas such as global health, energy sector reform, utility management, education, food security, and local governance.

Offering a wide range of consulting and engineering services for solid waste management, including landfill design
and  management,  throughout  the  United  States  and  Canada;  providing  design,  construction  management,  and
maintenance  services  to  manage  solid  and  hazardous  waste,  for  environmental,  wastewater,  energy,  oil  and  gas
containment, mining, utilities, aquaculture, and other industrial clients; designing and installing geosynthetic liners for

7 

large  lining  and  capping  projects,  as  well  as  innovative  renewable  energy  projects  such  as  solar  energy-generating 
landfill caps; and providing full-service solutions for gas-to-energy facilities to efficiently use landfill methane gas.

•

the 

Providing  environmental  remediation  and  reconstruction  services  to  evaluate  and  restore  lands  to  beneficial  use,
including 
identification,  evaluation  and  destruction  of  unexploded ordinance,  both  domestically  and
internationally; investigating, remediating, and restoring contaminated facilities at  military locations in the U.S. and
around the world; managing large, complex sediment remediation programs that help restore rivers and coastal waters
to beneficial use; constructing state-of-the-art water treatment plants for commercial clients; and supporting utilities in
the  U.S.  in  implementing  infrastructure  needs,  including  broadband,  wired  utilities,  and  natural  gas  distribution
systems.

Remediation and Construction Management

We report the results of the wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the RCM reportable segment. The 

remaining work to be performed in this segment will be substantially completed by the end of calendar 2017.

Project Examples

The following table presents brief examples of projects in our ongoing operations during fiscal 2017:

Segment Representative Projects

WEI

• For  the  District  of  Columbia  Department  of  the  Environment,  providing  consulting  and  environmental
analysis for the assessment and cleanup of contaminated sediments in a 12-mile portion of the Anacostia
River and sites located within its watershed.

• Providing emergency management and planning services for multiple state and local agencies, especially
in  coastal  regions,  such  as  response  to  and  recovery  from  wildfires  in  California,  flooding  in  the  Gulf
Coast  and  hurricanes  in  Texas,  along  the  U.S.  Atlantic  coast,  and  continued  infrastructure  recovery
services following Superstorm Sandy in New York and New Jersey.

• Providing  the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency  ("EPA")  Superfund  Technical  Assessment  and
Response Team program support with emergency preparedness, environmental response, removal action,
site assessment, community involvement, and other Superfund technical services at locations in 23 states.

• For  the  Montana  Department  of  Environmental  Quality  at  the  Carpenter-Snow  Creek  Mining  District
Superfund  site,  providing  services  including  investigation,  risk  assessment,  engineering  study,  design,
cleanup oversight, and long-term monitoring services for an area that includes 70 abandoned mines and
associated impacted lands.

• Providing smart water infrastructure solutions for stormwater capture and water quality management for

municipalities in Los Angeles and San Diego, California.

• Providing  smart  water  solutions  using  real  time  control  systems  to  reduce  overflows,  maximize  use  of

retention in the system, and improve operational efficiency in cities in the U.S., Canada, and France.

• Providing engineering services to the City of Clearwater, Florida for the design of potable first-of-a-kind
water reuse project in Florida, using a combination of innovative groundwater recharge and treatment.

• Providing engineering services to the City of Daytona Beach, Florida for a first-of-its-kind demonstration
program for direct potable reuse in Florida, testing full advanced treatment of their wastewater effluent as
a direct supply source to the front end of their co-located water treatment plant.

• Providing  program  management  for  the  City  of  Detroit,  Michigan  for  the  broad  implementation  of
community-based  stormwater  management  and  green  infrastructure,  effectively  combining  city
revitalization initiatives and reduction of overflows.

• Providing  master  planning  services  to  Miami-Dade  County,  Florida  in  smart,  energy  efficient  and

resilient water infrastructure solutions for the most populous county in Florida.

8 

Segment Representative Projects

• Providing  transportation  planning,  data  collection  and  design  services  for  the  Province  of  Alberta,

Canada, with specialized expertise in arctic region infrastructure.

• Providing  sustainable  project  development  and  asset  management  services  for  the  U.S.  military,

including the Army, Navy and Air Force.

• Providing energy, environmental assessment and studies to mitigate the impact of military operations on
sensitive flora and fauna at U.S. bases, such as the endangered desert tortoise on a Marine Corps base.

• Providing  master  planning  and  engineering  design  services  to  the  U.S.  Army  Corps  of  Engineers
("USACE")  on  U.S.  bases  and  in  international  facilities  through  multiple  district  and  program  specific
contracts.

RME

• For the U.S. Agency for International Development ("USAID"), implementing projects in Africa, Asia,
the Middle East, Latin America, and Eastern Europe including the USAID Power Africa program with
technical and capacity building expertise to accelerate clean energy project development; and for USAID
and  the  government  of  Afghanistan,  implementing  project  to  empower  women  to  increase  gender
diversity and engagement in civil society.

• For  USAID,  designing  and  implementing  resiliency  programs,  including  mitigation  of  changes  in
agriculture and fisheries, and strengthening of community resilience to withstand extreme weather events
through programs in Southeast Asia, Latin America, and West Africa.

• For the U.K. Department for International Development, designing and implementing projects in Africa,

Asia, and the Middle East.

• For  the  Australian  Department  of  Foreign  Affairs  and  Trade,  implementing  a  range  of  development

projects in the Asia Pacific region.

• For DONG Energy, providing constraints analyses, siting studies, marine geophysical surveys, submarine
cable  routing  analyses,  specialty  marine  impact  studies,  permitting  services,  biological  and  cultural
resource surveys, construction compliance, and support for U.S. east coast offshore energy projects.

• For  multiple  oil &  gas  clients,  providing  engineering,  detailed  design,  and  construction  monitoring  for
midstream  pipeline  companies;  performing  in-plant  engineering  and  sustaining  capital  project  work  at
downstream refineries; building a specialty insulated pipeline for the transport of hot bitumen in Alberta,
Canada;  and  preparing  the  Federal  Energy  Regulatory  Commission  environmental  permitting  for  the
Mountain Valley gas pipeline project.

• Using  our  proprietary  Solar  Thermal  Aerobic  Recirculation  Treatment  system  to  implement  enhanced

remediation of contaminated groundwater at multiple Caltex sites in Australia.

• Designing the Puente Hills Intermodel Facility for the Los Angeles County Sanitation District.

• Providing  turn-key  design,  construction,  dredging,  and  treatment  services  on  the  Lower  Fox  River  in

Wisconsin.

• Preparing a third party environmental impact statement for Clean Line Energy and the U. S. Department
of Energy ("DOE") for a 720-mile overhead 600 kilovolt high voltage direct current electric transmission
line across Oklahoma, Arkansas, and Tennessee.

• For the Australian Department of Defence, serving as lead consultant for the comprehensive investigation
of  polyfluorolkyl  substances  and  Royal Australian Air  Force  ("RAAF")  Base  Tindal  and  RAAF  Base
Darwin.

9 

Fiscal 2018 Reportable Segments

As  described  above,  we  realigned  our  operations  beginning  in  fiscal  2018.  The  operations  of  the  GSG  and  CIG 
business groups were aligned to facilitate the coordination of our services by client and market across our global operations. 
The types of clients served and work performed in the GSG and CIG segments are described below.

Government Services Group

GSG provides consulting and engineering services primarily to U.S. government clients (federal, state and local) and 
development  agencies  worldwide.  GSG  supports  U.S.  government  civilian  and  defense  agencies  with  services  in  water, 
environment,  infrastructure,  information  technology,  and  emergency  management  services.  GSG  also  provides  engineering 
design services for municipal and commercial clients, especially in water infrastructure, solid waste, and high-end sustainable
infrastructure designs. Additionally, GSG provides a wide range of support to development agencies worldwide.

Commercial/International Group

CIG provides consulting and engineering services primarily to U.S. commercial clients and international clients, both 
commercial and local government. GSG supports commercial clients across the Fortune 500, oil and gas, energy utilities, and 
mining markets. CIG also provides infrastructure and related environmental and geotechnical services, testing, engineering and 
project management services to commercial and local government clients across Canada, in Asia Pacific (primarily Australia 
and New Zealand), as well as Brazil and Chile.  CIG also provides field construction management activities in the U.S. and 
Western Canada.

Clients

We provide services to a diverse base of international, U.S. state and local government, U.S. federal government, U.S. 

commercial and international clients. The following table presents the percentage of our revenue by client sector:

Client Sector
U.S. state and local government
U.S. federal government (1)
U.S. commercial
International (2)

2017
12.8%
32.7
27.8
26.7

Fiscal Year
2016
12.0%
30.4
29.5
28.1

2015
12.5%
30.9
32.0
24.6

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

(1)

(2)

Includes revenue generated under U.S. federal government contracts performed outside the United States.

Includes revenue generated from foreign operations, primarily in Canada and Australia, and revenue generated from non-U.S.
clients.

U.S.  federal  government  agencies  are  significant  clients.  USAID  accounted  for  14.3%,  13.1%  and  9.6%  of  our 
revenue  in  fiscal  2017,  2016  and  2015,  respectively.  The  Department  of  Defense  ("DoD")  accounted  for  9.2%,  8.2%,  and 
10.4% of our revenue in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We typically support multiple programs within a single U.S. 
federal government agency, both domestically and internationally. We also assist U.S. state and local government clients in a
variety of jurisdictions across the United States. In Canada, we work for several provinces and a variety of local jurisdictions. 
Our  commercial  clients  include  companies  in  the  chemical,  energy,  mining,  pharmaceutical,  retail,  aerospace,  automotive, 
petroleum,  and  communications  industries.  No  single  client,  except  for  U.S.  federal  government  clients,  accounted  for  more 
than 10% of our revenue in fiscal 2017.

Contracts

Our services are performed under three principal types of contracts with our clients: fixed-price, time-and-materials, 

and cost-plus. The following table presents the percentage of our revenue by contract type:

10

Contract Type
Fixed-price
Time-and-materials
Cost-plus

2017
33.0%
45.9
21.1

Fiscal Year
2016
30.0%
50.9
19.1

2015
35.4%
45.8
18.8

100.0%

100.0%

100.0%

Under a fixed-price contract, the client agrees to pay a specified price for our performance of the entire contract or a 
specified  portion  of  the  contract.  Some  fixed-price  contracts  can  include  date-certain and/or performance obligations. Fixed-
price contracts carry certain inherent risks, including risks of losses from underestimating costs, delays in project completion, 
problems  with  new  technologies,  price  increases  for  materials,  and  economic  and  other  changes  that  may  occur  over  the 
contract period.  Consequently,  the profitability  of  fixed-price  contracts  may  vary  substantially.  Under our  time-and-materials 
contracts,  we  are  paid  for  labor  at  negotiated  hourly  billing  rates  and  also  paid  for  other  expenses.  Profitability  on  these 
contracts is driven by billable headcount and cost control. Many of our time-and-materials contracts are subject to maximum 
contract  values  and,  accordingly,  revenue  related  to  these  contracts  is  recognized  as  if  these  contracts  were  fixed-price 
contracts.  Under  our  cost-plus  contracts,  some  of  which  are  subject  to  a  contract  ceiling  amount,  we  are  reimbursed  for 
allowable  costs  and  fees,  which  may  be  fixed  or  performance-based.  If  our  costs  exceed  the  contract  ceiling  or  are  not 
allowable, we may not be able to obtain full reimbursement. Further, the amount of the fee received for a cost-plus award fee 
contract partially depends upon the client's discretionary periodic assessment of our performance on that contract.

Some  contracts  with  the  U.S.  federal  government  are  subject  to  annual  funding  approval.  U.S.  federal  government 
agencies may impose spending restrictions that limit the continued funding of our existing contracts and may limit our ability to 
obtain additional contracts. These limitations, if significant, could have a material adverse effect on us. All contracts with the 
U.S. federal government may be terminated by the government at any time, with or without cause.

U.S.  federal  government  agencies  have  formal  policies  against  continuing  or  awarding  contracts  that  would  create 
actual or potential conflicts of interest with other activities of a contractor. These policies may prevent us from bidding for or 
performing government contracts resulting from or related to certain work we have performed. In addition, services performed 
for a commercial or government sector client may create conflicts of interest that preclude or limit our ability to obtain work for 
a private organization. We attempt to identify actual or potential conflicts of interest and to minimize the possibility that such 
conflicts  could  affect our work under  current  contracts or  our  ability  to  compete  for  future  contracts. We have, on occasion,
declined to bid on a project because of an existing or potential conflict of interest.

Some  of  our  operating  units  have  contracts  with  the  U.S.  federal  government  that  are  subject  to  audit  by  the 
government,  primarily  by  the  Defense  Contract  Audit  Agency  ("DCAA").  The  DCAA  generally  seeks  to  (i) identify  and 
evaluate all activities that contribute to, or have an impact on, proposed or incurred costs of government contracts; (ii) evaluate 
a  contractor's  policies,  procedures,  controls,  and  performance;  and  (iii) prevent  or  avoid  wasteful,  careless,  and  inefficient 
production  or  service.  To  accomplish  this,  the  DCAA  examines  our  internal  control  systems,  management  policies,  and 
financial capability; evaluates the accuracy, reliability, and reasonableness of our cost representations and records; and assesses 
our compliance with Cost Accounting Standards ("CAS") and defective-pricing clauses found within the Federal Acquisition 
Regulation ("FAR"). The DCAA also performs an annual review of our overhead rates and assists in the establishment of our 
final  rates. This  review  focuses on  the  allowability  of  cost  items  and  the  applicability  of  CAS. The  DCAA  also  audits  cost-
based contracts, including the close-out of those contracts.

The  DCAA  reviews  all  types  of  U.S.  federal  government  proposals,  including  those  of  award,  administration, 
modification,  and  re-pricing.  The  DCAA  considers  our  cost  accounting  system,  estimating  methods  and  procedures,  and 
specific proposal requirements. Operational audits are also performed by the DCAA. A review of our operations at every major 
organizational level is conducted during the proposal review period. During the course of its audit, the U.S. federal government 
may disallow costs if it determines that we accounted for such costs in a manner inconsistent with CAS. Under a government 
contract,  only  those  costs  that  are  reasonable,  allocable,  and  allowable  are  recoverable. A  disallowance  of  costs  by  the  U.S. 
federal government could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

In accordance with our corporate policies, we maintain controls to minimize any occurrence of fraud or other unlawful 
activities  that  could  result  in  severe  legal  remedies,  including  the  payment  of  damages  and/or  penalties,  criminal  and  civil 

11

sanctions,  and  debarment.  In  addition,  we  maintain  preventative  audit  programs  and  mitigation  measures  to  ensure  that 
appropriate control systems are in place.

We provide our services under contracts, purchase orders, or retainer letters. Our policy requires that all contracts must 
be in writing. We bill our clients in accordance with the contract terms and periodically based on costs incurred, on either an 
hourly-fee basis or on a percentage-of-completion basis, as the project progresses. Most of our agreements permit our clients to 
terminate the agreements without cause upon payment of fees and expenses through the date of the termination. Generally, our 
contracts  do  not  require  that  we  provide  performance  bonds.  If  required,  a  performance  bond,  issued  by  a  surety  company, 
guarantees  a  contractor's  performance  under  the  contract.  If  the  contractor  defaults  under  the  contract,  the  surety  will,  at  its 
discretion, complete the job or pay the client the amount of the bond. If the contractor does not have a performance bond and
defaults in the performance of a contract, the contractor is responsible for all damages resulting from the breach of contract. 
These damages include the cost of completion, together with possible consequential damages such as lost profits.

Marketing and Business Development

Our  management  team  establishes  our  overall  business  strategy  focused  on Leading  with  Science® and  providing 
solutions  for  our  clients.  Our  strategic  plan  defines  and  guides  our  investment  in  marketing  and  business  development  to 
leverage our differentiators  and  target  priority  programs  and  growth  markets. We  maintain  centralized  business  development 
resources  to  develop  our  corporate  branding  and  marketing  materials,  support  proposal  preparation  and  planning,  conduct 
market  research,  and  manage  promotional  and  professional  activities,  including  appearances  at  trade  shows,  direct  mailings, 
advertising, and public relations.

We  have  established company-wide  growth  initiatives  that  reinforce  internal  coordination,  track  the  development  of 
new  programs,  identify  and  coordinate  collective  resources  for  major  bids,  and  help  us  build  interdisciplinary  teams  and 
provide innovative solutions for major pursuits. Our growth initiatives provide a forum for cross-sector collaboration and the 
development of interdisciplinary solutions. We continuously identify new markets that are consistent with our strategic plan and 
service  offerings,  and  we  leverage  our  full-service  capabilities  and  internal  coordination  structure  to  develop  and  implement 
strategies to research, anticipate, and position us for future procurements and emerging programs.

Business development activities are implemented by our technical and professional management staff throughout the 
company  with  the  support of  company-wide  resources  and  expertise. Our project  managers  and  technical  staff  have  the best 
understanding  of  a  client's  needs  and  the  effect  of  local  or  client-specific  issues,  laws  and  regulations,  and  procurement 
procedures.  Our  professional  staff  members  hold  frequent  meetings  with  existing  and  potential  clients;  give  presentations  to 
civic  and  professional  organizations;  and  present  seminars  on  research  and  technical  applications.  Essential  to  the  effective 
development  of  business  is  each  staff  member's  access  to  all  of  our  service  offerings  through  our  internal  technical  and 
geographic  networks.  Our  strong  internal  networking  programs  help  our  professional  staff  members  to  pursue  new 
opportunities  for  both  existing  and  new  clients. These  networks  also  facilitate  our  ability  to  provide  services  throughout  the
project life cycle from the early studies to operations and maintenance. Our enterprise-wide knowledge management systems 
include skills search tools, business development tracking, and collaboration tools.

Sustainability Program

Tetra Tech supports clients in more than 100 countries around the world, helping them to solve complex problems and 
achieve  solutions  that  are  technically,  socially,  and  economically  resilient.  Our  high-end  consulting  and  engineering  services 
focus  on  using  innovative  technologies  and  creative  solutions  to  minimize  environmental  impacts.  Our greatest  contribution 
toward sustainability is through the projects we perform every day for our clients. Sustainability is embedded in our projects – 
from  recycling  freshwater  supplies  to  recycling  waste  products,  reducing  energy  consumption,  and  reducing  greenhouse  gas 
emissions in developing countries.

Our  Sustainability  Program  allows  us  to  further  expand  our  commitment  to  sustainability  by  encouraging, 
coordinating, and reporting on actions to minimize our collective impacts on the environment. Our Sustainability Program has 
three primary  pillars:  Projects –  the solutions we provide  for  our  clients;  Procurement –  our  procurement  and  subcontracting 
approaches; and Processes – the internal policies and processes that promote sustainable practices, reduce costs, and minimize 
environmental  impacts.  In  addition,  our  program  is  based  on  the  Global  Reporting  Initiative  ("GRI")  Sustainability  Report 

12

Framework, the internationally predominant sustainability reporting protocol for corporate sustainability plans, which includes 
three fundamental areas: environmental, economic, and social sustainability.

Our  Sustainability  Program  is  led  by  our  Chief  Sustainability  Officer,  who  has  been  appointed  by  executive 
management and is supported by other key corporate and operations representatives via our Sustainability Council. We have 
established a clear set of metrics to evaluate our progress toward our sustainability goals. Each metric corresponds with one or 
more  performance  indicators  from  GRI.  These  metrics  include  economic,  health  and  safety,  information  technology,  human 
resources, and real estate. We continuously implement sustainability-related policies and practices, and we assess the results of 
our  efforts  in  order  to  improve  upon  them  in  the  future.  Our  executive  management  team  reviews  and  approves  the 
Sustainability  Program  and  evaluates our progress  in  achieving  the  goals  and objectives  outlined  in our plan. We publish  an 
annual sustainability report that documents our progress and is posted on our website.

Acquisitions and Divestitures

Acquisitions.    We continuously evaluate the marketplace for acquisition opportunities to further our strategic growth 
plans.  Due  to  our  reputation,  size,  financial  resources,  geographic  presence  and  range  of  services,  we  have  numerous 
opportunities  to  acquire  privately  and  publicly  held  companies  or  selected  portions  of  such  companies.  We  evaluate  an 
acquisition opportunity based on its ability to strengthen our leadership in the markets we serve, broaden our service offerings, 
add  new  geographies,  and  provide  complementary  skills. Also,  during  our  evaluation,  we  examine  an  acquisition's  ability  to 
drive organic growth, its accretive effect on long-term earnings, and its ability to generate return on investment. Generally, we 
proceed  with  an  acquisition  if  we  believe  that  it  could  strategically  expand  our  service  offerings,  improve  our  long-term 
financial performance, and increase shareholder returns.

We view acquisitions as a key component in the execution of our growth strategy, and we intend to use cash, debt or 
equity, as we deem appropriate, to fund acquisitions. We may acquire other businesses that we believe are synergistic and will 
ultimately increase our revenue and net income, strengthen our ability to achieve our strategic goals, provide critical mass with 
existing  clients,  and  further  expand  our  lines  of  service. We  typically  pay  a  purchase  price  that  results  in  the  recognition  of 
goodwill, generally representing the intangible value of a successful business with an assembled workforce specialized in our 
areas of interest. Acquisitions are inherently risky, and no assurance can be given that our previous or future acquisitions will be 
successful  or  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  position,  results  of  operations,  or  cash  flows.  All 
acquisitions require the approval of our Board of Directors.

For detailed information regarding acquisitions, see Note 5, "Mergers and Acquisitions" of the "Notes to Consolidated 

Financial Statements" included in Item 8.

Divestitures.        We  regularly  review  and  evaluate  our  existing  operations  to  determine  whether  our  business  model 
should  change  through  the  divestiture  of  certain  businesses. Accordingly,  from  time  to  time,  we  may  divest  or  wind-down 
certain non-core businesses and reallocate our resources to businesses that better align with our long-term strategic direction. 
We did not have any divestitures in fiscal 2017, 2016, or 2015.

Competition

The  market  for  our  services  is  generally  competitive. We  often  compete  with  many  other  firms  ranging  from  small 

regional firms to large international firms.

We  perform  a  broad  spectrum  of  consulting,  engineering,  and  technical  services  across  the  water,  environment, 
infrastructure,  resource  management,  energy,  and  international  development  markets.  Our  client  base  includes  U.S.  federal 
government  agencies  such  as  the  DoD,  USAID,  DOE,  EPA  and  the  Federal  Aviation  Administration;  U.S.  state  and  local 
government agencies; government and commercial clients in Canada and Australia; the U.S. commercial sector, which consists 
primarily of large industrial companies and utilities; and our international commercial clients. Our competition varies and is a 
function of the business areas in which, and the client sectors for which, we perform our services. The number of competitors 
for  any  procurement  can  vary  widely,  depending  upon  technical  qualifications,  the  relative  value  of  the  project,  geographic 
location,  the  financial  terms  and  risks  associated  with  the  work,  and  any  restrictions  placed  upon  competition  by  the  client. 
Historically,  clients  have  chosen  among  competing  firms  by  weighing  the  quality,  innovation  and  timeliness  of  the  firm's 

13

service  versus  its  cost  to  determine  which  firm  offers  the  best  value. When  less  work  becomes  available  in  certain  markets, 
price could become an increasingly important factor.

Our competitors vary depending on end markets and clients, and often we may only compete with a portion of a firm. 
We believe that our principal competitors include the following firms, in alphabetical order: AECOM Technology Corporation; 
Arcadis NV;  Black &  Veatch  Corporation;  Brown &  Caldwell;  CDM  Smith Inc.;  CH2M  HILL  Companies, Ltd.;  Chemonics 
International, Inc.;  Exponent, Inc.;  GHD; ICF  International, Inc.;  Jacobs  Engineering  Group Inc.;  Leidos, Inc.;  SNC-Lavalin 
Group Inc.; Stantec Inc.; TRC Companies, Inc.; Weston Solutions, Inc.; and WSP Global Inc.

Backlog

We include in our backlog only those contracts for which funding has been provided and work authorization has been 
received. We estimate that approximately 70% of our backlog at the end of fiscal 2017 will be recognized as revenue in fiscal
2018, as work is being performed. However, we cannot guarantee that the revenue projected in our backlog will be realized or, 
if  realized,  will  result  in  profits.  In  addition,  project  cancellations  or  scope  adjustments  may  occur  with  respect  to  contracts 
reflected  in  our  backlog.  For  example,  certain  of  our  contracts  with  the  U.S.  federal  government  and  other  clients  are 
terminable at the discretion of the client, with or without cause. These types of backlog reductions could adversely affect our 
revenue and margins. Accordingly, our backlog as of any particular date is an uncertain indicator of our future earnings.

At  fiscal  2017  year-end,  our  backlog  was  $2.5  billion,  an  increase  of  $162.2  million,  or  6.8%,  compared  to  fiscal 
2016 year-end. Approximately $1.0 billion and $1.5 billion of our backlog at the end of fiscal 2017 related to WEI and RME, 
respectively. 

Regulations

We  engage  in  various  service  activities  that  are  subject  to  government  oversight,  including  environmental  laws  and 
regulations,  general  government  procurement  laws  and  regulations,  and  other  regulations  and  requirements  imposed  by  the 
specific government agencies with which we conduct business.

Environmental.        A  significant  portion  of  our  business  involves  the  planning,  design,  program  management  and 
construction management of pollution control facilities, as well as the assessment and management of remediation activities at 
hazardous waste sites, U.S. Superfund sites, and military bases. In addition, we contract with U.S. federal government entities 
to destroy hazardous materials. These activities require us to manage, handle, remove, treat, transport, and dispose of toxic or 
hazardous substances.

Some environmental laws, such as the U.S. Superfund law and similar state, provincial and local statutes, can impose 
liability for the entire cost of clean-up for contaminated facilities or sites upon present and former owners and operators, as well 
as generators, transporters, and persons arranging for the treatment or disposal of such substances. In addition, while we strive 
to handle hazardous  and  toxic  substances with  care  and in  accordance with safe  methods,  the  possibility  of  accidents,  leaks, 
spills,  and  events  of  force  majeure  always  exist.  Humans  exposed  to  these  materials,  including  workers  or  subcontractors 
engaged in the transportation and disposal of hazardous materials and persons in affected areas, may be injured or become ill. 
This could result in lawsuits that expose us to liability and substantial damage awards. Liabilities for contamination or human 
exposure to hazardous or toxic materials, or a failure to comply with applicable regulations, could result in substantial costs, 
including  clean-up  costs,  fines,  civil  or  criminal  sanctions,  third  party  claims  for  property  damage  or  personal  injury,  or  the 
cessation of remediation activities.

Certain  of  our  business  operations  are  covered  by  U.S.  Public  Law  85-804,  which  provides  for  government 
indemnification  against  claims  and  damages  arising  out  of  unusually  hazardous  activities  performed  at  the  request  of  the 
government. Due to changes in public policies and law, however, government indemnification may not be available in the case 
of any future claims or liabilities relating to other hazardous activities that we perform.

Government Procurement.    The services we provide to the U.S. federal government are subject to the FAR and other 

rules and regulations applicable to government contracts. These rules and regulations:

•

require  certification  and  disclosure  of  all  cost  and  pricing  data  in  connection  with  the  contract  negotiations 
under certain contract types;

14

•

•

impose  accounting  rules  that  define  allowable  and  unallowable  costs  and  otherwise  govern  our  right  to 
reimbursement under certain cost-based government contracts; and

restrict the use and dissemination of information classified for national security purposes and the exportation of 
certain products and technical data.

In addition, services provided to the DoD are monitored by the Defense Contract Management Agency and audited by 
the DCAA. Our government clients can also terminate any of their contracts, and many of our government contracts are subject 
to renewal or extension annually. Further, the services we provide to state and local government clients are subject to various 
government rules and regulations.

Seasonality

We experience seasonal trends in our business. Our revenue and operating income are typically lower in the first half 
of our fiscal year, primarily  due to the Thanksgiving (in the U.S.), Christmas and New Year's holidays. Many of our clients' 
employees,  as  well  as  our  own  employees,  take  vacations  during  these  holiday  periods.  Further,  seasonal  inclement  weather 
conditions occasionally cause some of our offices to close temporarily or may hamper our project field work in the northern 
hemisphere's  temperate  and  arctic  regions.  These  occurrences  result  in  fewer  billable  hours  worked  on  projects  and, 
correspondingly, less revenue recognized.

Potential Liability and Insurance

Our business activities could expose us to potential liability under various laws and under workplace health and safety 
regulations. In addition, we occasionally assume liability by contract under indemnification agreements. We cannot predict the
magnitude of such potential liabilities.

We maintain a comprehensive general liability insurance policy with an umbrella policy that covers losses beyond the 
general liability limits. We also maintain professional errors and omissions liability and contractor's pollution liability insurance 
policies. We  believe  that  both  policies  provide  adequate  coverage  for  our  business. When  we  perform  higher-risk  work,  we 
obtain, if available, the necessary types of insurance coverage for such activities, as is typically required by our clients.

We obtain insurance coverage through a broker that is experienced in our industry. The broker and our risk manager 
regularly  review  the  adequacy  of  our  insurance  coverage.  Because  there  are  various  exclusions  and  retentions  under  our 
policies, or an insurance carrier may become insolvent, there can be no assurance that all potential liabilities will be covered by 
our insurance policies or paid by our carrier.

We  evaluate  the  risk  associated  with  insurance  claims.  If  we  determine  that  a  loss  is  probable  and  reasonably 
estimable, we establish an appropriate reserve. A reserve is not established if we determine that a claim has no merit or is not 
probable  or  reasonably  estimable.  Our  historic  levels  of  insurance  coverage  and  reserves  have  been  adequate.  However, 
partially or completely uninsured claims, if successful and of significant magnitude, could have a material adverse effect on our 
business. 

Employees

At  fiscal  2017 year-end,  we  had  more  than  16,000  staff  worldwide.  A  large  percentage  of  our  employees  have 
technical  and  professional  backgrounds  and  undergraduate  and/or  advanced  degrees,  including  the  employees  of  recently 
acquired  companies.  Our  professional  staff  includes  archaeologists,  architects,  biologists,  chemical  engineers,  chemists,  civil 
engineers,  data  scientists,  computer  scientists,  economists, electrical  engineers,  environmental  engineers,  environmental 
scientists, geologists, hydrogeologists, mechanical engineers, oceanographers, project managers and toxicologists. We consider
the current relationships with our employees to be favorable. We are not aware of any employment circumstances that are likely 
to disrupt work at any of our facilities. See Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors" for a discussion of the risks related to the loss of key 
personnel or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel.

15

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The following table shows the name, age and position of each of our executive officers at November 15, 2017:

Name
Dan L. Batrack

Age

Position

59 Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

Mr. Batrack  joined  our  predecessor  in  1980  and  was  named  Chairman  in 
January 2008. He has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a director since 
November  2005,  and  as  our  President  since  October  2008.  Mr. Batrack  has 
served in numerous capacities over the last 30 years, including project scientist, 
project manager, operations manager, Senior Vice President and President of an 
operating unit. He has managed complex programs for many small and Fortune 
500  clients,  both  in  the  United  States and  internationally.  Mr. Batrack  holds  a 
B.A. degree in Business Administration from the University of Washington.

Steven M. Burdick

53 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Burdick has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer 
since  April  2011.  He  served  as  our  Senior  Vice  President  and  Corporate 
Controller  from  January  2004  to  March  2011.  Mr. Burdick  joined  us  in April 
2003  as Vice President,  Management Audit.  Previously, Mr. Burdick  served  in 
financial  executive  management  roles  in  private  industry  and  with  Ernst & 
Young LLP.  Mr. Burdick  holds  a  B.S.  degree  in  Business Administration  from 
Santa Clara University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Leslie L. Shoemaker

60 Executive Vice President, Operations and President of CIG

Dr. Shoemaker was named Executive Vice President, Operations and President 
of  CIG  in  November  2017.  Dr. Shoemaker  joined  us  in  1991,  and  served  as 
President of WEI from April 2015 to November 2017.  Previously she served in 
various management capacities, including project and program manager, water 
resources manager and infrastructure group president. From 2005 to 2015, she 
led  our  strategic  planning,  business  development  and  company-wide 
collaboration programs. Her technical expertise is in the management of large-
scale  watershed  and  master  planning  studies,  development  of  modeling  tools 
and  application  of  optimization  tools  for  decision  making. Additionally,  she  is 
our  Chief  Sustainability  Officer  who  leads  our  Sustainability  Council  to 
implement 
sustainability-related  policies  and  practices  company-wide. 
Dr. Shoemaker  holds  a  B.A.  degree  in  Mathematics  from  Hamilton  College,  a 
Master  of  Engineering  from  Cornell  University  and  a  Ph.D.  in  Agricultural 
Engineering from the University of Maryland.

Roger R. Argus

56 Senior  Vice  President  and  President  of  GSG  and  President  of  the  U.S. 

Government Division of GSG

Mr.  Argus  is  a  chemical  engineer  with  33  years  of  experience,  including  25 
years  with  Tetra  Tech,  in  operational  leadership,  program  and  project 
management, and quality assurance for projects encompassing a broad spectrum 
of environmental, engineering, and emergency management services. Mr. Argus 
has also been responsible for managing multidisciplinary contracts and projects 
in  support  of  the  U.S.  federal  government  (i.e.,  Navy,  USACE,  and  the  EPA), 
state  and  municipal  agencies,  and private  clients  nationwide. The  scope of his 
technical  experience  includes  planning  and  directing  environmental  field 
investigations,  engineering  feasibility  studies  and  designs,  construction 
management,  and 
innovative 
environmental  technologies  and  waste  treatment  systems.  Mr.  Argus  holds  a 
B.S. in Chemical Engineering from California State University, Long Beach.

research  and  development  support 

for 

16

Name
Derek G. Amidon

Age

Position

50 Senior Vice President, President of the Commercial Account Management 

Division of CIG

Mr. Amidon has served as a project manager, key account manager, operations 
manager,  and  regional  manager  since  joining  Tetra  Tech  in  2012.  He  has 
managed a variety of complex, high profile programs for key Tetra Tech clients, 
including  Fortune  100  companies.  His  focus  has  been  on  leading  high  value 
consulting services that deliver scientific, engineering and regulatory solutions 
for  challenging  environmental,  engineering,  permitting  and  public  relations 
problems  for  oil  and  gas,  mining,  industrial,  institutional  and  custodial  trust 
clients.  He  has  a  demonstrated  track record in  leading  complex  environmental 
investigations  and  developing  creative 
for  client 
environmental liabilities. He has managed projects in the U.S., Africa, Australia, 
Europe, and the Caribbean. In addition to experience in both public and private 
consulting  and  engineering  firms over  his  24-year  career,  Mr.  Amidon  also 
served in a variety of business leadership and project development roles at Hess 
Corporation,  a  leading  independent  oil  and  gas  company.  Mr.  Amidon  is  a 
registered  Professional  Engineer.  He  holds  B.S.  and  M.S.  degrees  in  Civil 
Engineering from Brigham Young University and a M.S. in Management from 
Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.

remedial  solutions 

Jan K. Auman

62 Senior Vice President, President of the Global Development Services Division 

of GSG

Mr.  Auman  has  over  40  years  of  experience  managing  large,  complex 
international development and technical assistance operations, having served 10 
years  with  the  United  States  federal  government  and  30  years  in  the  private 
sector. With 20 years of residence overseas in eight countries, Mr. Auman has 
hands-on  technical  expertise  in  the  areas  of  natural  resources  management, 
conflict  resolution,  political  transformation,  institutional  development,  and 
policy  formulation  in  the  Middle  East,  the  South  Pacific,  the  Caribbean,  and 
Africa.  Mr.  Auman’s  overall  direction 
international 
development  operations  includes  technical,  operational,  administrative,  fiscal, 
and  representational  responsibilities  involving  operations  that  manage  projects 
in  over  60  countries.  Mr. Auman joined  Tetra  Tech  through  an  acquisition  in 
2007. He holds a B.A. in Political Science and Government from Pennsylvania 
State University and an M.I.A in International Administration from the School 
for International Training.

for  Tetra  Tech's 

William R. Brownlie

64 Senior Vice President, Chief Engineer and Corporate Risk Management Officer

Dr. Brownlie  was  named  Senior  Vice  President  and  Chief  Engineer  in 
September 2009, and Corporate Risk Management Officer in November 2013. 
From  December  2005  to  September  2009,  he  served  as  a  Group  President. 
Dr. Brownlie  joined  our  predecessor  in  1981  and  was  named  a  Senior  Vice 
President in December 1993. Dr. Brownlie has managed various operating units 
and  programs  focusing  on  water  resources  and  environmental  services, 
including  work  with  USACE,  the  U.S.  Air  Force,  the  U.S.  Bureau  of 
Reclamation and DOE. He is a registered professional engineer and has a strong 
technical  background  in  water  resources.  Dr. Brownlie  holds  B.S.  and  M.S. 
degrees in Civil Engineering from the State University of New York at Buffalo 
and a Ph.D. in Civil Engineering from the California Institute of Technology.

17

Name
Brian N. Carter

Age

Position

50 Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

Mr. Carter joined Tetra Tech as Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief 
Accounting  Officer  in  June  2011  and  was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President  in 
October 2012. Previously, Mr. Carter served in finance and auditing positions in 
private  industry  and  with  Ernst &  Young LLP.  Mr. Carter  holds  a  B.S.  in 
Business  Administration  from  Miami  University  and  is  a  Certified  Public 
Accountant.

Craig L. Christensen

64 Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer

Mr. Christensen  is  responsible  for  our  information  services  and  technologies, 
including  the  implementation  of  our  enterprise  resource  planning  system.  Mr. 
Christensen joined us  in  1998  through  the acquisition  of our Tetra Tech  NUS, 
Inc.  ("NUS")  subsidiary.  Previously,  Mr. Christensen  held  positions  at  NUS, 
Brown and Root Services, and Landmark Graphics subsidiaries of Halliburton 
Company where his responsibilities included contracts administration, finance, 
and  system  development.  Prior  to  his  service  at  Halliburton,  Mr. Christensen 
held positions at Burroughs Corporation and Apple Computer. Mr. Christensen 
holds B.A. and M.B.A. degrees from Brigham Young University.

Richard A. Lemmon

58 Senior Vice President, Corporate Administration

Mr. Lemmon joined our predecessor in 1981 in a technical capacity and became
a member of its corporate staff in a management position in 1985. In 1988, at 
the  time  of  our  predecessor's  divestiture  from  Honeywell, Inc.,  Mr. Lemmon 
structured  and  managed  many  of  our  corporate  functions.  He  is  currently 
responsible  for  insurance,  risk  management,  human  resources,  safety  and 
facilities.

Kevin P. McDonald

58 Senior Vice President, Human Resources and Leadership Development

information  systems,  and  employment 

Mr. McDonald is responsible for all areas of human resources ("HR"), including 
executive  compensation,  employee  benefits,  succession  planning,  human 
law  compliance.  Mr. 
resources 
McDonald  joined  us  in  2003  through  the  acquisition  of  Foster  Wheeler 
Environmental Corporation. Prior to leading our corporate HR organization, Mr. 
McDonald was the HR Director for one of our subsidiaries. He has more than 
30 years' experience in the engineering and construction services industry. Mr. 
McDonald  earned  a  B.S.  degree  in  Management  from  the  University  of 
Scranton and an M.B.A. from Farleigh Dickinson University.

Mark A. Rynning

56 Senior Vice President, President of the U.S. Infrastructure Division of GSG

Mr. Rynning has more than 30 years of experience in the engineering consulting 
industry,  including  27  years  with  Tetra  Tech.  He  is  a  registered  professional 
engineer  and  has  served  Tetra  Tech  in  numerous  capacities  including  project 
manager, operations manager, and operating unit leader. He has managed large 
water infrastructure programs for state and local agencies throughout the United 
States. Mr. Rynning has broad experience in planning and design of water and 
wastewater  infrastructure,  utility  master  planning,  and  design  of  water  and 
wastewater  transmission  and  collection  systems.  In  addition,  Mr.  Rynning  has 
planned  and  designed  reverse  osmosis  water  treatment  plants  and  advanced 
wastewater  treatment  systems.  He  has  provided  expert  advisory  services  to 
numerous  municipal  clients  for  utility  system  acquisitions.  He  holds  a  B.S.  in 
Civil  Engineering  and  a  Master  of  Business  Administration,  both  from  the 
University of Florida.

18

Name
Janis B. Salin

Age

Position

64 Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Ms. Salin  joined  us  in  February  2002.  For  the  prior  18 years,  Ms. Salin  was  a 
Principal with the law firm of Riordan & McKinzie in Los Angeles, and served 
as Managing Principal of that firm from 1990 to 1992. She served as our outside 
counsel from the time of our formation in 1988. Ms. Salin holds B.A. and J.D. 
at  Los  Angeles.
degrees 

the  University 

of  California 

from 

Bernard Teufele

52 Senior Vice President, President of the Canada and South America Division of 

CIG

Mr. Teufele has over 22 years of consulting engineering experience as a leader 
of a highly diversified, high-end infrastructure practice and as a technical expert 
in  the  field  of  infrastructure  monitoring  and  asset  management.  Prior  to  his 
current  role,  Mr.  Teufele  has  managed  operating  units  of  increasing  size  and 
complexity with a primary focus on infrastructure, environmental sciences, civil 
transportation,  and  mining-related  services  doing  work  for  municipal, 
provincial,  and  federal  government  clients  in  Canada.  He  has  managed  key 
provincial  infrastructure  programs  in  Canada  with  a  particular  focus  on  the 
monitoring  and  assessment  of  roadway  infrastructure  and  the  development  of 
asset  management  programs.  Mr.  Teufele,  who  joined  Tetra  Tech  through  an 
acquisition  in  2010,  has  also  been  instrumental  in  advancing  Tetra  Tech’s 
involvement with private sector infrastructure clients on large alternate delivery 
projects  (design-build  and  public-private  partnership  P3  projects).  Mr.  Teufele 
has a B.Sc. in Applied Science from the University of British Columbia.

Available Information

All of our periodic report filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") pursuant to Section 13(a) or 
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), are made available, free of charge, through 
our  website  located  at  www.tetratech.com,  including  our Annual  Reports  on  Form 10-K,  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form 10-Q, 
Current  Reports  on  Form 8-K  and  any  amendments  to  these  reports.  These  reports  are  available  on  our  website  as  soon  as 
reasonably practicable after we electronically file with or furnish the reports to the SEC. You may also request an electronic or 
paper  copy  of  these  filings  at  no  cost  by  writing  or  telephoning  us  at  the  following:  Tetra  Tech, Inc.,  Attention:  Investor 
Relations, 3475 East Foothill Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91107, (626) 351-4664.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors

We operate in a changing environment that involves numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could 
materially adversely affect our operations. Set forth below and elsewhere in this report and in other documents we file with the 
SEC  are  descriptions  of  the  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  our  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  the  results
contemplated  by  the  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  this  report. Additional  risks  we  do  not  yet  know  of  or  that  we
currently think are immaterial may also affect our business operations. If any of the events or circumstances described in the
following  risks  actually  occurs,  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations  could  be  materially  adversely 
affected.

Continuing worldwide political and economic uncertainties may adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

The  last  several  years  have  been  periodically  marked  by  political  and  economic  concerns,  including  decreased 
consumer confidence, the lingering effects of international conflicts, energy costs and inflation. Although certain indices and 
economic data have shown signs of stabilization in the United States and certain global markets, there can be no assurance that 
these  improvements  will  be  broad-based  or  sustainable.  This  instability  can  make  it  extremely  difficult  for  our  clients,  our 
vendors and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, and could cause constrained spending on our services, 
delays  and  a  lengthening  of our business  development  efforts,  the demand  for  more  favorable  pricing or other  terms,  and/or 
difficulty  in  collection  of  our  accounts  receivable.  Our  government  clients  may  face  budget  deficits  that  prohibit  them  from 

19

funding proposed and existing projects. Further, ongoing economic instability in the global markets could limit our ability to 
access the capital markets at a time when we would like, or need, to raise capital, which could have an impact on our ability to 
react to changing business conditions or new opportunities. If economic conditions remain uncertain or weaken, or government 
spending is reduced, our revenue and profitability could be adversely affected.

The current U.S. Administration may make changes to fiscal and tax policies that may adversely affect our business.

The current U.S. Administration has called for changes to fiscal and tax policies, which may include comprehensive 
tax reform. We cannot predict the impact, if any, of these changes to our business. However, it is possible that these changes 
could adversely affect our business. It is likely that some policies adopted by the new administration will benefit us and others 
will negatively affect us. Until we know what changes are enacted, we will not know whether in total we benefit from, or are 
negatively affected by, the changes.

Demand for our services is cyclical and vulnerable to economic downturns. If economic growth slows, government fiscal 
conditions worsen, or client spending declines further, then our revenue, profits and financial condition may deteriorate.

Demand for our services is cyclical, and vulnerable to economic downturns and reductions in government and private 
industry spending. Such downturns or reductions may result in clients delaying, curtailing or canceling proposed and existing 
projects.  Our  business  traditionally  lags  the  overall  recovery  in  the  economy;  therefore,  our  business  may  not  recover 
immediately when the economy improves. If economic growth slows, government fiscal conditions worsen, or client spending 
declines,  then  our  revenue,  profits  and  overall  financial  condition  may  deteriorate.  Our  government  clients  may  face  budget 
deficits  that  prohibit  them  from  funding  new  or  existing  projects.  In  addition,  our  existing  and  potential  clients  may  either 
postpone  entering  into  new  contracts  or  request  price  concessions.  Difficult  financing  and  economic  conditions  may  cause 
some of our clients to demand better pricing terms or delay payments for services we perform, thereby increasing the average 
number of days our receivables are outstanding, and the potential of increased credit losses of uncollectible invoices. Further, 
these conditions may result in the inability of some of our clients to pay us for services that we have already performed. If we 
are not able to reduce our costs quickly enough to respond to the revenue decline from these clients, our operating results may 
be adversely affected. Accordingly, these factors affect our ability to forecast our future revenue and earnings from business
areas that may be adversely impacted by market conditions.

Demand for our oil and gas, and mining services fluctuates and a decline in demand could adversely affect our revenue, 
profits and financial condition.

Demand  for  our  oil  and  gas  services  fluctuates,  and  we  depend  on  our  customers’  willingness  to  make  future 
expenditures to explore for, develop, produce and transport oil and natural gas in the United States and Canada. Our customers’ 
willingness to undertake these activities depends largely upon prevailing industry conditions that are influenced by numerous 
factors over which we have no control, including:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

prices, and expectations about future prices, of oil and natural gas; 
domestic and foreign supply of and demand for oil and natural gas;
the cost of exploring for, developing, producing and delivering oil and natural gas;
transportation capacity, including but not limited to train transportation capacity and its future regulation;
available pipeline, storage and other transportation capacity;
availability of qualified personnel and lead times associated with acquiring equipment and products;
federal, state, provincial and local regulation of oilfield activities;
environmental concerns regarding the methods our customers use to produce hydrocarbons;
the availability of water resources and the cost of disposal and recycling services; and
seasonal limitations on access to work locations.

Anticipated future prices for natural gas and crude oil are a primary factor affecting spending by our customers. Lower 
prices or volatility in prices for oil and natural gas typically decrease spending, which can cause rapid and material declines in 

20

demand for our services and in the prices we are able to charge for our services. Worldwide political, economic, military and 
terrorist events, as well as natural disasters and other factors beyond our control, contribute to oil and natural gas price levels 
and volatility and are likely to continue to do so in the future.

Further,  the  businesses  of  our  global  mining  clients  are,  to  varying  degrees,  cyclical  and  have  experienced  declines 
over  the  last  three  years  due  to  lower  global  growth  expectations  and  the  associated  decline  in  market  prices.  For  example, 
depending  on  the  market  prices  of  uranium,  precious  metals,  aluminum,  copper,  iron  ore,  and  potash,  our  mining  company 
clients may cancel or curtail their mining projects, which could result in a corresponding decline in the demand for our services 
among  these  clients. Accordingly,  the  cyclical  nature  of  the  mining  industry  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  operating 
results or financial condition.

Our international operations expose us to legal, political, and economic risks in different countries as well as currency 
exchange rate fluctuations that could harm our business and financial results.

In  fiscal  2017,  we  generated  26.7%  of  our  revenue  from  our  international  operations,  primarily  in  Canada  and 
Australia, and from international clients for work that is performed by our domestic operations. International business is subject 
to a variety of risks, including:

•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

imposition of governmental controls and changes in laws, regulations, or policies;
lack of developed legal systems to enforce contractual rights;
greater risk of uncollectible accounts and longer collection cycles;
currency exchange rate fluctuations, devaluations, and other conversion restrictions;
uncertain and changing tax rules, regulations, and rates;
the potential for civil unrest, acts of terrorism, force majeure, war or other armed conflict, and greater physical 
security risks, which may cause us to leave a country quickly; 
logistical and communication challenges;
changes in regulatory practices, including tariffs and taxes;
changes in labor conditions;
general economic, political, and financial conditions in foreign markets; and 
exposure to civil or criminal liability under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), the U.K. Bribery 
Act,  the  Canadian  Corruption  of  Foreign  Public  Officials  Act,  the Brazilian  Clean  Companies  Act,  the  anti-
boycott rules, trade and export control regulations, as well as other international regulations.

For example, an ongoing government investigation into political corruption in Quebec contributed to the slow-down in 
procurements  and  business  activity  in  that  province,  which  adversely  affected  our  business.  The  Province  of  Quebec  has 
adopted  legislation  that  requires  businesses  and  individuals  seeking  contracts  with  governmental  bodies  be  certified  by  a 
Quebec regulatory authority for contracts over a specified size. Our failure to maintain certification could adversely affect our 
business. 

International  risks  and  violations  of  international  regulations  may  significantly  reduce  our  revenue  and  profits,  and 
subject  us  to  criminal  or  civil  enforcement  actions,  including  fines,  suspensions,  or  disqualification  from  future  U.S.  federal 
procurement  contracting.  Although  we  have  policies  and  procedures  to  monitor  legal  and  regulatory  compliance,  our 
employees,  subcontractors, and  agents  could  take  actions  that  violate  these  requirements. As  a  result,  our  international  risk 
exposure may be more or less than the percentage of revenue attributed to our international operations.

We  derive  a  substantial  amount  of  our  revenue  from  U.S.  federal,  state  and  local  government  agencies,  and  any 
disruption in government funding or in our relationship with those agencies could adversely affect our business.

In fiscal 2017, we generated 45.5% of our revenue from contracts with U.S. federal, and state and local government 
agencies. A  significant  amount  of  this  revenue  is  derived  under  multi-year  contracts,  many  of  which  are  appropriated  on  an 
annual basis. As a result, at the beginning of a project, the related contract may be only partially funded, and additional funding 

21

is  normally  committed  only  as  appropriations  are  made  in  each  subsequent  year.  These  appropriations,  and  the  timing  of 
payment  of  appropriated  amounts,  may  be  influenced  by  numerous  factors  as  noted  below.  Our  backlog  includes  only  the 
projects that have funding appropriated.

The demand for our U.S. government-related services is generally driven by the level of government program funding. 
Accordingly, the success and further development of our business depends, in large part, upon the continued funding of these 
U.S. government programs, and upon our ability to obtain contracts and perform well under these programs. Under the Budget 
Control Act of 2011, an automatic sequestration process, or across-the-board budget cuts (a large portion of which was defense-
related), was triggered. The sequestration began on March 1, 2013. Although the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2013 provided some 
sequester  relief  through  the  end  of  fiscal  year  2015,  the  sequestration  requires  reduced  U.S.  federal  government  spending 
through fiscal year 2021. A significant reduction in federal government spending, the absence of a bipartisan agreement on the
federal government budget, or a change in budgetary priorities could reduce demand for our services, cancel or delay federal 
projects, result in the closure of federal facilities and significant personnel reductions, and have a material and adverse impact 
on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

There are several additional factors that could materially affect our U.S. government contracting business, which could 
cause U.S. government agencies to delay or cancel programs, to reduce their orders under existing contracts, to exercise their
rights  to  terminate  contracts  or  not  to exercise  contract  options  for  renewals  or  extensions.  Such  factors,  which  include  the 
following,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  revenue  or  the  timing  of  contract  payments  from  U.S.  government 
agencies:

•

•
•

•
•

•
•
•
•

•

•

•
•

the  failure of  the U.S. government  to  complete  its  budget  and  appropriations process before  its  fiscal  year-end, 
which would result in the funding of government operations by means of a continuing resolution that authorizes 
agencies  to  continue  to  operate  but  does  not  authorize  new  spending  initiatives. As  a  result,  U.S.  government 
agencies may delay the procurement of services;
changes in and delays or cancellations of government programs, requirements or appropriations;
budget constraints or policy changes resulting in delay or curtailment of expenditures related to the services we 
provide;
re-competes of government contracts;
the timing and amount of tax revenue received by federal, and state and local governments, and the overall level 
of government expenditures;
curtailment in the use of government contracting firms;
delays associated with insufficient numbers of government staff to oversee contracts;
the increasing preference by government agencies for contracting with small and disadvantaged businesses;
competing political priorities and changes in the political climate with regard to the funding or operation of the 
services we provide;
the  adoption  of  new  laws  or  regulations  affecting  our  contracting  relationships  with  the  federal,  state  or  local 
governments;
unsatisfactory  performance  on  government  contracts  by  us  or  one  of  our  subcontractors,  negative  government 
audits or other events that may impair our relationship with federal, state or local governments;
a dispute with or improper activity by any of our subcontractors; and
general economic or political conditions.

Our  inability  to  win  or  renew  U.S.  government  contracts  during  regulated  procurement  processes  could  harm  our 
operations and significantly reduce or eliminate our profits.

U.S.  government  contracts  are  awarded  through  a  regulated  procurement  process. The  U.S.  federal  government  has 
increasingly relied upon multi-year contracts with pre-established terms and conditions, such as indefinite delivery/indefinite 
quantity (“IDIQ”) contracts, which generally require those contractors who have previously been awarded the IDIQ to engage 
in an additional competitive bidding process before a task order is issued. As a result, new work awards tend to be smaller and 
of  shorter  duration,  since  the  orders  represent  individual  tasks  rather  than  large,  programmatic  assignments.  In  addition,  we 

22

believe that there has been an increase in the award of federal contracts based on a low-price, technically acceptable criteria 
emphasizing  price  over  qualitative  factors,  such  as  past  performance.  As a  result,  pricing  pressure  may  reduce  our  profit 
margins on future federal contracts. The increased competition and pricing pressure, in turn, may require us to make sustained
efforts to reduce costs in order to realize revenue, and profits under government contracts. If we are not successful in reducing 
the  amount  of  costs  we  incur,  our  profitability  on  government  contracts  will  be  negatively  impacted.  In  addition,  the  U.S. 
federal government has scaled back outsourcing of services in favor of “insourcing” jobs to its employees, which could reduce 
our  revenue.  Moreover,  even  if  we  are  qualified  to  work  on  a  government  contract,  we  may  not  be  awarded  the  contract 
because of existing government policies designed to protect small businesses and under-represented minority contractors. Our 
inability  to  win  or  renew  government  contracts during  regulated  procurement  processes  could  harm  our  operations  and 
significantly reduce or eliminate our profits.

Each year, client funding for some of our U.S. government contracts may rely on government appropriations or public-
supported  financing.  If  adequate  public  funding  is  delayed  or  is  not  available,  then  our  profits  and  revenue  could 
decline.

Each  year,  client  funding for some  of  our U.S.  government  contracts  may  directly  or  indirectly  rely on government 
appropriations or public-supported financing. Legislatures may appropriate funds for a given project on a year-by-year basis, 
even though the project may take more than one year to perform. In addition, public-supported financing such as U.S. state and 
local municipal bonds may be only partially raised to support existing projects. Similarly, the impact of the economic downturn 
on  U.S.  state  and  local  governments  may  make  it  more  difficult  for  them  to  fund  projects.  In  addition  to  the  state  of  the 
economy  and  competing  political  priorities,  public  funds  and  the  timing  of  payment  of  these  funds  may  be  influenced  by, 
among other things, curtailments in the use of government contracting firms, increases in raw material costs, delays associated 
with insufficient numbers of government staff to oversee contracts, budget constraints, the timing and amount of tax receipts, 
and the overall level of government expenditures. If adequate public funding is not available or is delayed, then our profits and 
revenue could decline.

Our U.S. federal government contracts may give government agencies the right to modify, delay, curtail, renegotiate, or 
terminate existing contracts at their convenience at any time prior to their completion, which may result in a decline in 
our profits and revenue.

U.S.  federal  government  projects  in  which  we  participate  as  a  contractor  or  subcontractor  may  extend  for  several 
years.  Generally,  government  contracts  include  the  right  to  modify,  delay,  curtail,  renegotiate,  or  terminate  contracts  and 
subcontracts at the government’s convenience any time prior to their completion. Any decision by a U.S. federal government 
client to modify, delay, curtail, renegotiate, or terminate our contracts at their convenience may result in a decline in our profits 
and revenue.

As a  U.S. government  contractor,  we  must  comply  with various  procurement  laws  and  regulations  and  are  subject to 
regular government audits; a violation of any of these laws and regulations or the failure to pass a government audit 
could result in sanctions, contract termination, forfeiture of profit, harm to our reputation or loss of our status as an 
eligible government contractor and could reduce our profits and revenue.

We must comply with and are affected by U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign laws and regulations relating to the 
formation,  administration  and  performance  of  government  contracts.  For  example,  we  must  comply  with  FAR,  the  Truth  in 
Negotiations  Act,  CAS,  the  American  Recovery  and  Reinvestment  Act  of  2009,  the  Services  Contract  Act,  and  the  DoD 
security  regulations,  as  well  as  many  other  rules  and  regulations.  In  addition,  we  must  also  comply  with  other  government 
regulations  related  to  employment  practices,  environmental  protection,  health  and  safety,  tax,  accounting,  and  anti-fraud 
measures, as well as many other regulations in order to maintain our government contractor status. These laws and regulations
affect  how  we  do  business  with  our  clients  and,  in  some  instances,  impose  additional  costs  on  our  business  operations. 
Although we take precautions to prevent and deter fraud, misconduct, and non-compliance, we face the risk that our employees 
or  outside  partners  may  engage  in  misconduct,  fraud,  or  other  improper  activities.  U.S.  government  agencies,  such  as  the 
DCAA,  routinely  audit  and  investigate  government  contractors.  These  government  agencies  review  and  audit  a  government 

23

contractor’s performance under its contracts and cost structure, and evaluate compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and 
standards. In addition, during the course of its audits, the DCAA may question our incurred project costs. If the DCAA believes 
we  have  accounted  for  such  costs  in  a  manner  inconsistent  with  the  requirements  for  FAR  or  CAS,  the  DCAA  auditor  may 
recommend to our U.S. government corporate administrative contracting officer that such costs be disallowed. Historically, we
have not experienced significant disallowed costs as a result of government audits. However, we can provide no assurance that 
the DCAA or other government audits will not result in material disallowances for incurred costs in the future. In addition, U.S. 
government  contracts  are  subject  to  various  other  requirements  relating  to  the  formation,  administration,  performance,  and 
accounting for these contracts. We may also be subject to qui tam litigation brought by private individuals on behalf of the U.S. 
government  under  the  Federal  Civil  False  Claims  Act,  which  could  include  claims  for  treble  damages.  U.S.  government 
contract violations could result in the imposition of civil and criminal penalties or sanctions, contract termination, forfeiture of 
profit,  and/or  suspension  of  payment,  any  of  which  could  make  us  lose  our  status  as  an  eligible  government  contractor. We 
could also suffer serious harm to our reputation. Any interruption or termination of our U.S. government contractor status could 
reduce our profits and revenue significantly.

If we extend a significant portion of our credit to clients in a specific geographic area or industry, we may experience 
disproportionately  high  levels  of  collection  risk  and  nonpayment  if  those  clients  are  adversely  affected  by  factors 
particular to their geographic area or industry.

Our  clients  include  public  and  private  entities  that  have  been,  and  may  continue  to  be,  negatively  impacted  by  the 
changing landscape in the global economy. While outside of the U.S. federal government no one client accounted for over 10% 
of  our  revenue  for  fiscal  2017,  we  face  collection  risk  as  a  normal  part  of  our  business  where  we  perform  services  and 
subsequently  bill  our  clients  for  such  services.  In  the  event  that  we  have  concentrated  credit  risk  from  clients  in  a  specific
geographic  area  or  industry,  continuing  negative  trends  or  a  worsening  in  the  financial condition  of  that  specific  geographic 
area  or  industry  could  make  us  susceptible  to  disproportionately  high  levels  of  default  by  those  clients.  Such  defaults  could
materially adversely impact our revenues and our results of operations.

We have made and expect to continue to make acquisitions that could disrupt our operations and adversely impact our 
business and operating results. Our failure to conduct due diligence effectively, or our inability to successfully integrate 
acquisitions,  could  impede  us  from  realizing  all  of  the  benefits  of  the  acquisitions,  which  could  weaken  our  results  of 
operations.

A key part of our growth strategy is to acquire other companies that complement our lines of business or that broaden 
our technical capabilities and geographic presence. We expect to continue to acquire companies as an element of our growth 
strategy; however, our ability to make acquisitions is restricted under our credit agreement. Acquisitions involve certain known 
and unknown risks that could cause our actual growth or operating results to differ from our expectations or the expectations of 
securities analysts. For example:

•

•
•

•

•
•

we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or to acquire additional companies on acceptable
terms;
we are pursuing international acquisitions, which inherently pose more risk than domestic acquisitions;
we compete with others to acquire companies, which may result in decreased availability of, or increased price
for, suitable acquisition candidates;
we may not be able to obtain the necessary financing, on favorable terms or at all, to finance any of our potential
acquisitions;
we may ultimately fail to consummate an acquisition even if we announce that we plan to acquire a company; and
acquired companies may not perform as we expect, and we may fail to realize anticipated revenue and profits.

In addition, our acquisition strategy may divert management’s attention away from our existing businesses, resulting 
in the loss of key clients or key employees, and expose us to unanticipated problems or legal liabilities, including responsibility 
as a successor-in-interest for undisclosed or contingent liabilities of acquired businesses or assets.

24

If we fail to conduct due diligence on our potential targets effectively, we may, for example, not identify problems at 
target companies, or fail to recognize incompatibilities or other obstacles to successful integration. Our inability to successfully 
integrate future acquisitions could impede us from realizing all of the benefits of those acquisitions and could severely weaken 
our  business  operations.  The  integration  process  may  disrupt  our  business  and,  if  implemented  ineffectively,  may  preclude 
realization of the full benefits expected by us and could harm our results of operations. In addition, the overall integration of the 
combining  companies  may  result  in  unanticipated  problems,  expenses,  liabilities,  and  competitive  responses,  and  may  cause 
our stock price to decline. The difficulties of integrating an acquisition include, among others:

issues in integrating information, communications, and other systems;
incompatibility of logistics, marketing, and administration methods;

•
•
• maintaining employee morale and retaining key employees;
•
•
•
•

integrating the business cultures of both companies; 
preserving important strategic client relationships;
consolidating corporate and administrative infrastructures, and eliminating duplicative operations; and
coordinating and integrating geographically separate organizations.

In addition, even if the operations of an acquisition are integrated successfully, we may not realize the full benefits of 
the  acquisition,  including  the  synergies,  cost  savings  or  growth  opportunities  that  we  expect.  These  benefits  may  not  be 
achieved within the anticipated time frame, or at all.

Further, acquisitions may cause us to:

•
•
•

•

•

•

•
•
•
•

issue common stock that would dilute our current stockholders’ ownership percentage;
use a substantial portion of our cash resources;
increase our interest expense, leverage, and debt service requirements (if we incur additional debt to pay for an 
acquisition);
assume liabilities, including environmental liabilities, for which we do not have indemnification from the former 
owners. Further, indemnification obligations may be subject to dispute or concerns regarding the creditworthiness 
of the former owners;
record  goodwill  and  non-amortizable  intangible  assets  that  are  subject  to  impairment  testing  and  potential 
impairment charges;
experience volatility in earnings due to changes in contingent consideration related to acquisition earn-out liability 
estimates; 
incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets;
lose existing or potential contracts as a result of conflict of interest issues;
incur large and immediate write-offs; or
become subject to litigation.

Finally, acquired companies that derive a significant portion of their revenue from the U.S. federal government and do 
not follow the same cost accounting policies and billing practices that we follow may be subject to larger cost disallowances for 
greater  periods  than  we  typically  encounter.  If  we  fail  to  determine  the  existence  of  unallowable  costs  and  do  not  establish 
appropriate reserves in advance of an acquisition, we may be exposed to material unanticipated liabilities, which could have a 
material adverse effect on our business.

If our goodwill or other intangible assets become impaired, then our profits may be significantly reduced.

Because  we  have  historically  acquired  a  significant  number  of  companies,  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets 
represent a substantial portion of our assets. As of October 1, 2017, our goodwill was $740.9 million and other intangible assets 
were $26.7 million. We are required to perform a goodwill impairment test for potential impairment at least on an annual basis. 
We  also  assess  the  recoverability  of  the  unamortized  balance  of  our  intangible  assets  when  indications  of  impairment  are 
present  based  on  expected  future  profitability  and  undiscounted  expected  cash  flows  and  their  contribution  to  our  overall 

25

operations.  The  goodwill  impairment  test  requires  us  to  determine  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units,  which  are  the 
components one level below our reportable segments. In determining fair value, we make significant judgments and estimates, 
including assumptions about our strategic plans with regard to our operations. We also analyze current economic indicators and 
market valuations to help determine fair value. To the extent economic conditions that would impact the future operations of 
our reporting units change, our goodwill may be deemed to be impaired, and we would be required to record a non-cash charge 
that could result in a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

For example, we wrote-off all of our Global Mining Practice’s goodwill and identifiable intangible assets and recorded 
a related impairment charge of $60.8 million ($57.3 million after-tax) in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015. We had no goodwill 
impairment in fiscal 2017 or 2016.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws.

The FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper 
payments  to  foreign  government  officials  for  the  purpose  of obtaining  or  retaining  business.  The  U.K.  Bribery Act  of  2010 
prohibits  both  domestic  and  international  bribery,  as  well  as  bribery  across  both  private  and  public  sectors.  In  addition,  an
organization that “fails to prevent bribery” by anyone associated with the organization can be charged under the U.K. Bribery 
Act  unless  the  organization  can  establish  the  defense  of  having  implemented  “adequate  procedures”  to  prevent  bribery. 
Improper payments are also prohibited under the Canadian Corruption of Foreign Public Officials Act and the Brazilian Clean 
Companies  Act.  Practices  in  the  local  business  community  of  many  countries  outside  the  United  States  have  a  level  of 
government corruption that is greater than that found in the developed world. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-
bribery  laws,  and  we  have  established  policies  and  procedures  designed  to  monitor  compliance  with  these  anti-bribery  law 
requirements; however, we cannot ensure that our policies and procedures will protect us from potential reckless or criminal 
acts committed by individual employees or agents. If we are found to be liable for anti-bribery law violations, we could suffer 
from criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions that could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

We could be adversely impacted if we fail to comply with domestic and international export laws.

To the extent we export technical services, data and products outside of the United States, we are subject to U.S. and 
international  laws  and  regulations  governing  international  trade  and  exports,  including  but  not  limited  to  the  International 
Traffic in Arms Regulations, the Export Administration Regulations, and trade sanctions against embargoed countries. A failure
to  comply  with  these  laws  and  regulations  could  result  in  civil  or  criminal  sanctions,  including  the  imposition  of  fines,  the 
denial of export privileges, and suspension or debarment from participation in U.S. government contracts, which could have a 
material adverse effect on our business.

If  we  fail  to  complete  a  project  in  a  timely  manner,  miss  a  required  performance  standard,  or  otherwise  fail  to 
adequately perform on a project, then we may incur a loss on that project, which may reduce or eliminate our overall 
profitability.

Our  engagements  often  involve  large-scale,  complex  projects.  The  quality  of  our  performance  on  such  projects 
depends  in  large  part  upon  our  ability  to  manage  the  relationship  with  our  clients  and  our  ability  to  effectively  manage  the 
project and deploy appropriate resources, including third-party contractors and our own personnel, in a timely manner. We may 
commit to a client that we will complete a project by a scheduled date. We may also commit that a project, when completed, 
will  achieve specified performance  standards.  If  the project  is not  completed by  the  scheduled date or fails  to  meet  required 
performance  standards,  we  may  either  incur  significant  additional  costs  or  be  held  responsible  for  the  costs  incurred  by  the 
client to rectify damages due to late completion or failure to achieve the required performance standards. The uncertainty of the 
timing of a project can present difficulties in planning the amount of personnel needed for the project. If the project is delayed 
or  canceled,  we  may  bear  the  cost  of  an  underutilized  workforce  that  was  dedicated  to  fulfilling  the  project.  In  addition, 
performance  of  projects  can  be  affected  by  a  number  of  factors  beyond  our  control,  including  unavoidable  delays  from 
government  inaction,  public  opposition,  inability  to  obtain  financing,  weather  conditions,  unavailability  of  vendor  materials, 
changes  in  the  project  scope  of  services  requested  by  our  clients,  industrial  accidents,  environmental  hazards,  and  labor 

26

disruptions. To the extent these events occur, the total costs of the project could exceed our estimates, and we could experience 
reduced profits or, in some cases, incur a loss on a project, which may reduce or eliminate our overall profitability. Further, any 
defects or errors, or failures to meet our clients’ expectations, could result in claims for damages against us. Failure to meet 
performance standards or complete performance on a timely basis could also adversely affect our reputation.

The loss of key personnel or our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel could impair our ability to provide 
services to our clients and otherwise conduct our business effectively.

As  primarily  a  professional  and  technical  services  company,  we  are  labor-intensive  and,  therefore,  our  ability  to 
attract, retain, and expand our senior management and our professional and technical staff is an important factor in determining 
our future success. The market for qualified scientists and engineers is competitive and, from time to time, it may be difficult to 
attract and retain qualified individuals with the required expertise within the timeframe demanded by our clients. For example, 
some  of our  U.S.  government  contracts  may  require us  to  employ  only  individuals who have  particular government  security 
clearance levels. In addition, we rely heavily upon the expertise and leadership of our senior management. If we are unable to 
retain executives and other key personnel, the roles and responsibilities of those employees will need to be filled, which may
require that we devote time and resources to identify, hire, and integrate new employees. With limited exceptions, we do not 
have  employment  agreements  with  any  of  our  key  personnel.  The  loss  of  the  services  of  any  of  these  key  personnel  could 
adversely affect our business. Although we have obtained non-compete agreements from certain principals and stockholders of 
companies we have acquired, we generally do not have non-compete or employment agreements with key employees who were 
once equity holders of these companies. Further, many of our non-compete agreements have expired. We do not maintain key-
man life insurance policies on any of our executive officers or senior managers. Our failure to attract and retain key individuals 
could impair our ability to provide services to our clients and conduct our business effectively.

Our  revenue and growth  prospects  may be  harmed  if we  or  our  employees  are  unable  to obtain  government  granted 
eligibility or other qualifications we and they need to perform services for our customers.

A number of government programs require contractors to have certain kinds of government granted eligibility, such as 
security clearance credentials. Depending on the project, eligibility can be difficult and time-consuming to obtain. If we or our 
employees are unable to obtain or retain the necessary eligibility, we may not be able to win new business, and our existing 
customers could terminate their contracts with us or decide not to renew them. To the extent we cannot obtain or maintain the
required  security  clearances  for  our  employees  working  on  a  particular  contract,  we  may  not  derive  the  revenue  or  profit 
anticipated from such contract.

Our actual business and financial results could differ from the estimates and assumptions that we use to prepare our 
financial statements, which may significantly reduce or eliminate our profits.

To  prepare  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  in  the  United  States  of 
America  ("GAAP"),  management  is  required  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  as  of  the  date  of  the  financial  statements. 
These estimates and assumptions affect the reported values of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, as well as disclosures of 
contingent assets and liabilities. For example, we typically recognize revenue over the life of a contract based on the proportion 
of costs incurred to date compared to the total costs estimated to be incurred for the entire project. Areas requiring significant 
estimates by our management include:

•

•

•

the  application  of  the  percentage-of-completion  method  of  accounting  and  revenue  recognition  on  contracts, 
change orders, and contract claims, including related unbilled accounts receivable;
unbilled  accounts  receivable,  including  amounts  related  to  requests  for  equitable  adjustment  to  contracts  that 
provide for price redetermination, primarily with the U.S. federal government. These amounts are recorded only 
when they can be reliably estimated and realization is probable;  
provisions for uncollectible receivables, client claims, and recoveries of costs from subcontractors, vendors, and 
others;

27

•

•
•
•
•
•
•

provisions  for  income  taxes,  research  and  development  tax  credits,  valuation  allowances,  and  unrecognized  tax 
benefits;
value of goodwill and recoverability of other intangible assets;
valuations of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with business combinations;
valuation of contingent earn-out liabilities recorded in connection with business combinations;  
valuation of employee benefit plans; 
valuation of stock-based compensation expense; and
accruals for estimated liabilities, including litigation and insurance reserves.

Our  actual  business  and  financial  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates,  which  may  significantly  reduce  or 

eliminate our profits.

Our profitability could suffer if we are not able to maintain adequate utilization of our workforce.

The  cost of  providing our  services,  including  the  extent  to which  we utilize  our workforce,  affects our  profitability. 

The rate at which we utilize our workforce is affected by a number of factors, including:

•

•

•
•

•

our  ability  to  transition  employees from  completed projects  to  new  assignments  and  to hire  and  assimilate  new 
employees;
our  ability  to  forecast  demand  for  our  services  and  thereby  maintain  an  appropriate  headcount  in  each  of  our 
geographies and workforces;
our ability to manage attrition;
our  need  to  devote  time  and  resources  to  training,  business  development,  professional  development,  and  other 
non-chargeable activities; and 
our ability to match the skill sets of our employees to the needs of the marketplace.

If we over-utilize our workforce, our employees may become disengaged, which could impact employee attrition. If 

we under-utilize our workforce, our profit margin and profitability could suffer.

Our  use  of  the  percentage-of-completion  method  of  revenue  recognition  could  result  in  a  reduction  or  reversal  of 
previously recorded revenue and profits.

We account for most of our contracts on the percentage-of-completion method of revenue recognition. Generally, our 
use of this method results in recognition of revenue and profit ratably over the life of the contract, based on the proportion of 
costs incurred to date to total costs expected to be incurred for the entire project. The effects of revisions to estimated revenue 
and costs, including the achievement of award fees and the impact of change orders and claims, are recorded when the amounts 
are  known  and  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  Such  revisions  could  occur  in  any  period  and  their  effects  could  be  material. 
Although we have historically made reasonably reliable estimates of the progress towards completion of long-term contracts, 
the uncertainties inherent in the estimating process make it possible for actual costs to vary materially from estimates, including 
reductions or reversals of previously recorded revenue and profit.

If we are unable to accurately estimate and control our contract costs, then we may incur losses on our contracts, which 
could decrease our operating margins and reduce our profits. In particular, our fixed-price contracts could increase the 
unpredictability of our earnings.

It is important for us to accurately estimate and control our contract costs so that we can maintain positive operating 
margins  and  profitability.  We  generally  enter  into  three  principal  types  of  contracts  with  our  clients:  fixed-price,  time-and-
materials and cost-plus.

The U.S. federal government and certain other clients have increased the use of fixed-priced contracts. Under fixed-
price contracts, we receive a fixed price irrespective of the actual costs we incur and, consequently, we are exposed to a number 

28

of  risks.  We  realize  a  profit  on  fixed-price  contracts  only  if  we  can  control  our  costs  and  prevent  cost  over-runs  on  our 
contracts.  Fixed-price  contracts  require  cost  and  scheduling  estimates  that  are  based  on  a  number  of  assumptions,  including 
those  about  future  economic  conditions,  costs,  and  availability  of  labor,  equipment  and  materials,  and  other  exigencies.  We 
could experience cost over-runs if these estimates are originally inaccurate as a result of errors or ambiguities in the contract 
specifications, or become inaccurate as a result of a change in circumstances following the submission of the estimate due to, 
among other things, unanticipated technical problems, difficulties in obtaining permits or approvals, changes in local laws or 
labor  conditions,  weather  delays,  changes  in  the  costs  of  raw  materials,  or  the  inability  of  our  vendors  or  subcontractors  to
perform. If cost overruns occur, we could experience reduced profits or, in some cases, a loss for that project. If a project is 
significant,  or  if  there  are  one  or  more  common  issues  that  impact  multiple  projects,  costs  overruns  could  increase  the 
unpredictability of our earnings, as well as have a material adverse impact on our business and earnings.

Under our time-and-materials contracts, we are paid for labor at negotiated hourly billing rates and also paid for other 
expenses.  Profitability  on  these  contracts  is  driven  by  billable  headcount  and  cost  control.  Many  of  our  time-and-materials 
contracts are subject to maximum contract values and, accordingly, revenue relating to these contracts is recognized as if these 
contracts were fixed-price contracts. Under our cost-plus contracts, some of which are subject to contract ceiling amounts, we 
are reimbursed for allowable costs and fees, which may be fixed or performance-based. If our costs exceed the contract ceiling 
or  are  not  allowable  under  the  provisions  of  the  contract  or  any  applicable  regulations,  we  may  not  be  able  to  obtain 
reimbursement for all of the costs we incur.

Profitability on our contracts is driven by billable headcount and our ability to manage our subcontractors, vendors, 
and  material  suppliers.  If we  are  unable  to accurately  estimate  and  manage our  costs, we  may  incur losses on our contracts, 
which could decrease our operating margins and significantly reduce or eliminate our profits. Certain of our contracts require
us  to  satisfy  specific  design,  engineering,  procurement,  or  construction  milestones  in  order  to  receive  payment  for  the  work 
completed or equipment or supplies procured prior to achievement of the applicable milestone. As a result, under these types of 
arrangements, we may incur significant costs or perform significant amounts of services prior to receipt of payment. If a client 
determines not to proceed with the completion of the project or if the client defaults on its payment obligations, we may face
difficulties in collecting payment of amounts due to us for the costs previously incurred or for the amounts previously expended 
to purchase equipment or supplies.

Accounting for a contract requires judgments relative to assessing the contract’s estimated risks, revenue, costs, and 
other technical issues. Due to the size and nature of many of our contracts, the estimation of overall risk, revenue, and cost at 
completion is complicated and subject to many variables. Changes in underlying assumptions, circumstances, or estimates may 
also adversely affect future period financial performance. If we are unable to accurately estimate the overall revenue or costs on 
a contract, then we may experience a lower profit or incur a loss on the contract.

Our  failure  to  adequately  recover  on  claims  brought  by  us  against  clients  for  additional  contract  costs  could  have  a 
negative impact on our liquidity and profitability.

We have brought claims against clients for additional costs exceeding the contract price or for amounts not included in 
the original contract price. These types of claims occur due to matters such as client-caused delays or changes from the initial 
project  scope,  both  of  which  may  result  in  additional  cost.  Often,  these  claims  can  be  the  subject  of  lengthy  arbitration  or 
litigation  proceedings,  and  it  is  difficult  to  accurately  predict  when  these  claims  will  be  fully  resolved. When  these  types  of 
events occur and unresolved claims are pending, we have used working capital in projects to cover cost overruns pending the 
resolution of the relevant claims. A failure to promptly recover on these types of claims could have a negative impact on our 
liquidity  and  profitability.  Total  accounts  receivable  at  October  1,  2017  included  approximately  $59  million  related  to  such 
claims.

29

Our  failure  to  win  new  contracts  and  renew  existing  contracts with  private  and  public  sector  clients  could  adversely 
affect our profitability.

Our business depends on our ability to win new contracts and renew existing contracts with private and public sector 
clients. Contract proposals and negotiations are complex and frequently involve a lengthy bidding and selection process, which 
is affected by a number of factors. These factors include market conditions, financing arrangements, and required governmental 
approvals.  For  example,  a  client  may  require  us  to  provide a  bond  or  letter  of  credit  to  protect  the  client  should  we  fail  to 
perform  under  the  terms  of  the  contract.  If  negative  market  conditions  arise,  or  if  we  fail  to  secure  adequate  financial 
arrangements or  the required  government  approval, we  may  not be  able  to pursue particular projects,  which  could adversely 
affect our profitability.

If we are not able to successfully manage our growth strategy, our business and results of operations may be adversely 
affected.

Our  expected  future  growth  presents  numerous managerial,  administrative,  operational,  and  other  challenges.  Our 
ability to manage the growth of our operations will require us to continue to improve our management information systems and 
our other internal systems and controls. In addition, our growth will increase our need to attract, develop, motivate, and retain 
both  our  management  and  professional  employees.  The  inability  to  effectively  manage  our  growth  or  the  inability  of  our 
employees to achieve anticipated performance could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our backlog is subject to cancellation, unexpected adjustments and changing economic conditions, and is an uncertain 
indicator of future operating results.

Our backlog at October 1, 2017 was $2.5 billion, an increase of $162.2 million, or 6.8%, compared to the end of fiscal 
2016.  We  include  in  backlog  only  those  contracts  for  which  funding  has  been  provided  and  work  authorizations  have  been 
received. We cannot guarantee that the revenue projected in our backlog will be realized or, if realized, will result in profits. In 
addition,  project  cancellations  or  scope  adjustments  may  occur,  from  time  to  time,  with  respect  to  contracts  reflected  in  our
backlog.  For  example,  certain  of  our  contracts  with  the  U.S.  federal  government  and  other  clients  are  terminable  at  the 
discretion  of  the  client,  with  or  without  cause.  These  types  of  backlog  reductions  could  adversely  affect  our  revenue  and 
margins. As a result of these factors, our backlog as of any particular date is an uncertain indicator of our future earnings.

Cyber security breaches of our systems and information technology could adversely impact our ability to operate.

We  develop,  install  and  maintain  information  technology  systems  for  ourselves,  as  well  as  for  customers.  Client 
contracts for the performance of information technology services, as well as various privacy and securities laws, require us to 
manage  and  protect  sensitive  and  confidential  information,  including  federal  and  other  government  information,  from 
disclosure. We also need to protect our own internal trade secrets and other business confidential information from disclosure. 
We  face  the  threat  to  our  computer  systems  of  unauthorized  access,  computer  hackers,  computer  viruses,  malicious  code, 
organized cyber-attacks and other security problems and system disruptions, including possible unauthorized access to our and 
our clients' proprietary or classified information. We rely on industry-accepted security  measures and technology to securely 
maintain all confidential and proprietary information on our information systems. We have devoted and will continue to devote 
significant  resources  to  the  security  of  our  computer  systems,  but  they  may  still  be  vulnerable  to  these  threats. A  user  who 
circumvents  security  measures  could  misappropriate  confidential or proprietary  information,  including  information regarding 
us, our personnel and/or our clients, or cause interruptions or malfunctions in operations. As a result, we may be required to
expend  significant  resources  to  protect  against  the  threat  of  these  system  disruptions  and  security  breaches  or  to  alleviate 
problems  caused  by  these  disruptions  and  breaches. Any  of  these  events  could  damage  our  reputation  and  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If our business partners fail to perform their contractual obligations on a project, we could be exposed to legal liability, 
loss of reputation and profit reduction or loss on the project.

We  routinely  enter  into  subcontracts  and,  occasionally,  joint  ventures,  teaming  arrangements,  and  other  contractual 
arrangements so that we can jointly bid and perform on a particular project. Success under these arrangements depends in large
part on whether our business partners fulfill their contractual obligations satisfactorily. In addition, when we operate through a 

30

joint  venture  in  which  we  are  a  minority  holder,  we  have  limited  control  over  many  project  decisions,  including  decisions 
related to the joint venture’s internal controls, which may not be subject to the same internal control procedures that we employ. 
If  these  unaffiliated  third  parties  do  not  fulfill  their  contract  obligations,  the  partnerships  or  joint  ventures  may  be  unable  to 
adequately  perform  and  deliver  their  contracted  services.  Under  these  circumstances,  we  may  be  obligated  to  pay  financial 
penalties, provide additional services to ensure the adequate performance and delivery of the contracted services, and may be
jointly and severally liable for the other’s actions or contract performance. These additional obligations could result in reduced 
profits and revenues or, in some cases, significant losses for us with respect to the joint venture, which could also affect our 
reputation in the industries we serve.

If  our  contractors  and  subcontractors  fail  to  satisfy  their  obligations  to  us  or  other  parties,  or  if  we  are  unable  to 
maintain these relationships, our revenue, profitability, and growth prospects could be adversely affected.

We depend on contractors and subcontractors in conducting our business. There is a risk that we may have disputes 
with our subcontractors arising from, among other things, the quality and timeliness of work performed by the subcontractor, 
client  concerns  about  the  subcontractor,  or  our  failure  to  extend  existing  task  orders  or  issue  new  task  orders  under  a 
subcontract.  In  addition,  if  a  subcontractor  fails  to  deliver  on  a  timely  basis  the  agreed-upon  supplies,  fails  to  perform  the 
agreed-upon  services,  or  goes  out  of  business,  then  we  may  be  required  to  purchase  the  services  or  supplies  from  another 
source at a higher price, and our ability to fulfill our obligations as a prime contractor may be jeopardized. This may reduce the 
profit to be realized or result in a loss on a project for which the services or supplies are needed.

We also rely on relationships with other contractors when we act as their subcontractor or joint venture partner. The 
absence  of  qualified  subcontractors  with  which  we  have  a  satisfactory  relationship  could  adversely  affect  the  quality  of  our 
service and our ability to perform under some of our contracts. Our future revenue and growth prospects could be adversely 
affected  if  other  contractors  eliminate  or  reduce  their  subcontracts  or  teaming  arrangement  relationships  with  us,  or  if  a 
government agency terminates or reduces these other contractors’ programs, does not award them new contracts, or refuses to 
pay under a contract.

Our failure to meet contractual schedule or performance requirements that we have guaranteed could adversely affect 
our operating results.

In  certain  circumstances,  we  can  incur  liquidated  or  other  damages  if  we  do  not  achieve  project  completion  by  a 
scheduled  date.  If  we  or  an  entity  for  which  we  have  provided  a  guarantee  subsequently  fails  to  complete  the  project  as 
scheduled and the matter cannot be satisfactorily resolved with the client, we may be responsible for cost impacts to the client 
resulting from any delay or the cost to complete the project. Our costs generally increase from schedule delays and/or could 
exceed our projections for a particular project. In addition, project performance can be affected by a number of factors beyond
our control, including unavoidable delays from governmental inaction, public opposition, inability to obtain financing, weather 
conditions,  unavailability  of  vendor  materials,  changes  in  the  project  scope  of  services  requested  by  our  clients,  industrial
accidents, environmental hazards, labor disruptions and other factors. As a result, material performance problems for existing 
and future contracts could cause actual results of operations to differ from those anticipated by us and also could cause us to
suffer damage to our reputation within our industry and client base.

New legal requirements could adversely affect our operating results.

Our  business  and  results  of  operations  could  be  adversely  affected  by  U.S.  health  care  reform,  climate  change, 
defense, environmental and infrastructure industry specific and other legislation and regulations. We are continually assessing 
the  impact  that  health  care  reform  could  have  on  our  employer-sponsored  medical  plans.  Growing  concerns  about  climate 
change may result in the imposition of additional environmental regulations. For example, legislation, international protocols, 
regulation  or  other  restrictions  on  emissions  could  increase  the  costs  of  projects  for  our  clients  or,  in  some  cases,  prevent a
project from going forward, thereby potentially reducing the need for our services. In addition, relaxation or repeal of laws and 
regulations, or changes in governmental policies regarding environmental, defense, infrastructure or other industries we serve
could result in a decline in demand for our services, which could in turn negatively impact our revenues. We cannot predict 
when or whether any of these various proposals may be enacted or what their effect will be on us or on our customers.

31

Changes  in  resource  management,  environmental,  or  infrastructure  industry  laws,  regulations,  and  programs  could 
directly or indirectly reduce the demand for our services, which could in turn negatively impact our revenue.

Some of our services are directly or indirectly impacted by changes in U.S. federal, state, local or foreign laws and 
regulations pertaining  to  the resource  management,  environmental,  and  infrastructure  industries. Accordingly,  a  relaxation or 
repeal  of  these  laws  and  regulations,  or  changes  in  governmental  policies  regarding  the  funding,  implementation  or 
enforcement of these programs, could result in a decline in demand for our services, which could in turn negatively impact our 
revenue.

Changes in capital markets could adversely affect our access to capital and negatively impact our business.

Our  results  could  be  adversely  affected  by  an  inability  to  access  the  revolving  credit  facility  under  our  credit 
agreement.  Unfavorable  financial  or  economic  conditions  could  impact  certain  lenders'  willingness  or  ability  to  fund  our 
revolving credit facility. In addition, increases in interest rates or credit spreads, volatility in financial markets or the interest 
rate  environment,  significant  political  or  economic  events,  defaults  of  significant  issuers,  and  other  market  and  economic 
factors, may negatively impact the general level of debt issuance, the debt issuance plans of certain categories of borrowers, the 
types of credit-sensitive products being offered, and/or a sustained period of market decline or weakness could have a material 
adverse effect on us.

Restrictive covenants in our credit agreement may restrict our ability to pursue certain business strategies.

Our credit agreement limits or restricts our ability to, among other things:

incur additional indebtedness;
create liens securing debt or other encumbrances on our assets;

•
•
• make loans or advances;
•
•
•
•
•

pay dividends or make distributions to our stockholders;
purchase or redeem our stock;
repay indebtedness that is junior to indebtedness under our credit agreement;
acquire the assets of, or merge or consolidate with, other companies; and
sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of assets.

Our credit agreement also requires that we maintain certain financial ratios, which we may not be able to achieve. The 
covenants  may  impair  our  ability  to  finance  future  operations  or  capital  needs  or  to  engage  in  other  favorable  business 
activities.

Our industry is highly competitive and we may be unable to compete effectively, which could result in reduced revenue, 
profitability and market share.

We are engaged in a highly competitive business. The markets we serve are highly fragmented and we compete with a 
large number of regional, national and international companies. Certain of these competitors have greater financial and other
resources than we do. Others are smaller and more specialized, and concentrate their resources in particular areas of expertise. 
The  extent  of  our  competition  varies  according  to  the  particular  markets  and  geographic  area.  In  addition,  the  technical  and 
professional  aspects  of  some  of  our  services  generally  do  not  require  large  upfront  capital  expenditures  and  provide  limited 
barriers  against  new  competitors. The degree  and  type  of  competition  we  face  is  also  influenced by  the  type  and  scope  of  a 
particular project. Our clients make competitive determinations based upon qualifications, experience, performance, reputation, 
technology, customer relationships and ability to provide the relevant services in a timely, safe and cost-efficient manner. This 
competitive environment could force us to make price concessions or otherwise reduce prices for our services. If we are unable 
to maintain our competitiveness and win bids for future projects, our market share, revenue, and profits will decline.

32

Legal proceedings, investigations, and disputes could result in substantial monetary penalties and damages, especially if
such penalties and damages exceed or are excluded from existing insurance coverage.

We  engage  in  consulting,  engineering,  program  management,  construction  management,  construction,  and  technical 
services that can result in substantial injury or damages that may expose us to legal proceedings, investigations, and disputes. 
For example, in the ordinary course of our business, we may be involved in legal disputes regarding personal injury claims, 
employee or labor disputes, professional liability claims, and general commercial disputes involving project cost overruns and 
liquidated  damages,  as  well  as  other  claims.  In  addition,  in  the  ordinary  course  of  our  business,  we  frequently  make 
professional judgments and recommendations about environmental and engineering conditions of project sites for our clients, 
and  we  may  be  deemed  to  be  responsible  for  these  judgments  and  recommendations  if  they  are  later  determined  to  be 
inaccurate. Any unfavorable legal ruling against us could result in substantial monetary damages or even criminal violations. 
We maintain insurance coverage as part of our overall legal and risk management strategy to minimize our potential liabilities; 
however, insurance coverage contains exclusions and other limitations that may not cover our potential liabilities. Generally, 
our  insurance  program  covers  workers’  compensation  and  employer’s  liability,  general  liability,  automobile  liability, 
professional errors and omissions liability, property, and contractor’s pollution liability (in addition to other policies for specific 
projects). Our insurance program includes deductibles or self-insured retentions for each covered claim that may increase over 
time.  In  addition,  our  insurance  policies  contain  exclusions  that  insurance  providers  may  use  to  deny  or  restrict  coverage. 
Excess  liability  and  professional  liability  insurance  policies  provide  for  coverage  on  a  “claims-made”  basis,  covering  only 
claims actually made and reported during the policy period currently in effect. If we sustain liabilities that exceed or that are 
excluded from our insurance coverage, or for which we are not insured, it could have a material adverse impact on our financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Unavailability  or  cancellation  of  third-party  insurance  coverage  would  increase  our  overall  risk  exposure  as  well  as 
disrupt the management of our business operations.

We maintain insurance coverage from third-party insurers as part of our overall risk management strategy and because 
some of our contracts require us to maintain specific insurance coverage limits. If any of our third-party insurers fail, suddenly 
cancel our coverage, or otherwise are unable to provide us with adequate insurance coverage, then our overall risk exposure 
and our operational expenses would increase and the management of our business operations would be disrupted. In addition, 
there can be no assurance that any of our existing insurance coverage will be renewable upon the expiration of the coverage 
period or that future coverage will be affordable at the required limits.

Our  inability  to  obtain  adequate  bonding  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  future  revenue  and  business 
prospects.

Certain clients require bid bonds, and performance and payment bonds. These bonds indemnify the client should we 
fail to perform our obligations under a contract. If a bond is required for a particular project and we are unable to obtain an 
appropriate bond, we cannot pursue that project. In some instances, we are required to co-venture with a small or disadvantaged 
business  to  pursue  certain  U.S.  federal  or  state  government  contracts.  In  connection  with  these  ventures,  we  are  sometimes 
required to utilize our bonding capacity to cover all of the payment and performance obligations under the contract with the 
client. We have a bonding facility but, as is typically the case, the issuance of bonds under that facility is at the surety’s sole 
discretion.  Moreover,  due  to  events  that  can  negatively  affect  the  insurance  and  bonding  markets,  bonding  may  be  more 
difficult to obtain or may only be available at significant additional cost. There can be no assurance that bonds will continue to 
be available to us on reasonable terms. Our inability to obtain adequate bonding and, as a result, to bid on new work could have 
a material adverse effect on our future revenue and business prospects.

Employee, agent, or partner misconduct, or our failure to comply with anti-bribery and other laws or regulations, could 
harm our reputation, reduce our revenue and profits, and subject us to criminal and civil enforcement actions.

Misconduct, fraud, non-compliance with applicable laws and regulations, or other improper activities by one of our 
employees, agents, or partners could have a significant negative impact on our business and reputation. Such misconduct could 

33

include  the  failure  to  comply  with  government  procurement  regulations,  regulations  regarding  the  protection  of  classified 
information, regulations prohibiting bribery and other foreign corrupt practices, regulations regarding the pricing of labor and 
other costs in government contracts, regulations on lobbying or similar activities, regulations pertaining to the internal controls 
over financial reporting, environmental laws, and any other applicable laws or regulations. For example, as previously noted, 
the  FCPA  and  similar  anti-bribery  laws  in  other  jurisdictions  generally  prohibit  companies  and  their  intermediaries  from 
making  improper  payments  to  non-U.S.  officials  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  or  retaining  business.  Our  policies  mandate 
compliance  with  these  regulations  and  laws,  and  we  take  precautions  to  prevent  and  detect  misconduct.  However,  since  our 
internal  controls  are  subject  to  inherent  limitations,  including  human  error,  it  is  possible  that  these  controls  could  be 
intentionally circumvented or become inadequate because of changed conditions. As a result, we cannot assure that our controls
will  protect  us  from  reckless  or  criminal  acts  committed  by  our  employees  or  agents. Our  failure  to comply  with  applicable 
laws or regulations, or acts of misconduct could subject us to fines and penalties, loss of security clearances, and suspension or 
debarment from contracting, any or all of which could harm our reputation, reduce our revenue and profits, and subject us to 
criminal and civil enforcement actions.

Our  business  activities  may  require  our  employees  to  travel  to  and  work  in  countries  where  there  are  high  security 
risks, which may result in employee death or injury, repatriation costs or other unforeseen costs.

Certain  of  our  contracts  may  require  our  employees  travel  to  and  work  in  high-risk  countries  that  are  undergoing 
political, social, and economic upheavals resulting from war, civil unrest, criminal activity, acts of terrorism, or public health 
crises. For example, we currently have employees working in high security risk countries such as Afghanistan and Iraq. As a 
result, we risk loss of or injury to our employees and may be subject to costs related to employee death or injury, repatriation, 
or other unforeseen circumstances. We may choose or be forced to leave a country with little or no warning due to physical 
security risks.

Our failure to implement and comply with our safety program could adversely affect our operating results or financial 
condition.

Our project sites often put our employees and others in close proximity with mechanized equipment, moving vehicles, 
chemical and manufacturing processes, and highly regulated materials. On some project sites, we may be responsible for safety, 
and, accordingly, we have an obligation to implement effective safety procedures. Our safety program is a fundamental element
of our overall approach to risk management, and the implementation of the safety program is a significant issue in our dealings
with our clients. We maintain an enterprise-wide group of health and safety professionals to help ensure that the services we 
provide are delivered safely and in accordance with standard work processes. Unsafe job sites and office environments have the
potential to increase employee turnover, increase the cost of a project to our clients, expose us to types and levels of risk that 
are fundamentally unacceptable, and raise our operating costs. The implementation of our safety processes and procedures are 
monitored by various agencies, including the U.S. Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”), and rating bureaus, and 
may be evaluated by certain clients in cases in which safety requirements have been established in our contracts. Our failure to
meet  these  requirements  or  our  failure  to  properly  implement  and  comply  with  our  safety  program  could  result  in  reduced 
profitability,  the  loss  of  projects  or  clients,  or  potential  litigation,  and  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
operating results, or financial condition.

We may be precluded from providing certain services due to conflict of interest issues.

Many of our clients are concerned about potential or actual conflicts of interest in retaining management consultants. 
U.S.  federal  government  agencies  have  formal  policies  against  continuing  or  awarding  contracts  that  would  create  actual  or 
potential  conflicts  of  interest  with  other  activities  of  a  contractor.  These  policies,  among  other  things,  may  prevent  us  from 
bidding  for  or  performing  government  contracts  resulting  from  or  relating  to  certain  work  we  have  performed.  In  addition, 
services performed for a commercial or government client may create a conflict of interest that precludes or limits our ability to 
obtain work  from  other  public  or private organizations. We  have,  on occasion, declined  to bid  on  projects  due  to  conflict  of 
interest issues.

34

If our reports and opinions are not in compliance with professional standards and other regulations, we could be subject 
to monetary damages and penalties.

We  issue  reports  and  opinions  to  clients  based  on  our  professional  engineering  expertise,  as  well  as  our  other 
professional  credentials.  Our  reports  and  opinions  may  need  to  comply  with  professional  standards,  licensing  requirements, 
securities regulations, and other laws and rules governing the performance of professional services in the jurisdiction in which 
the services are performed. In addition, we could be liable to third parties who use or rely upon our reports or opinions even if 
we  are  not  contractually  bound  to  those  third  parties.  For  example,  if  we  deliver  an  inaccurate  report  or  one  that  is  not  in 
compliance  with  the relevant  standards,  and  that report  is  made  available  to  a  third party,  we  could be  subject  to  third-party 
liability, resulting in monetary damages and penalties.

We may be subject to liabilities under environmental laws and regulations.

Our  services  are  subject  to  numerous  U.S.  and  international  environmental  protection  laws  and  regulations  that  are 
complex and stringent. For example, we must comply with a number of U.S. federal government laws that strictly regulate the 
handling,  removal,  treatment,  transportation,  and  disposal  of  toxic  and  hazardous  substances.  Under  the  Comprehensive 
Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”), and comparable state laws, we 
may  be  required  to  investigate  and  remediate  regulated  hazardous  materials.  CERCLA  and  comparable  state  laws  typically 
impose  strict,  joint  and  several  liabilities without  regard  to  whether  a  company  knew  of  or  caused  the  release  of  hazardous 
substances.  The  liability  for  the  entire  cost  of  clean-up  could  be  imposed  upon  any  responsible  party.  Other  principal  U.S. 
federal  environmental,  health,  and  safety  laws  affecting  us  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  Resource  Conversation  and 
Recovery Act,  National  Environmental  Policy Act,  the  Clean Air Act,  the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health Act,  the  Federal 
Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (the “Mine Act”), the Toxic Substances Control Act, and the Superfund Amendments and 
Reauthorization  Act.  Our  business  operations  may  also  be  subject  to  similar  state  and  international  laws  relating  to 
environmental  protection.  Further,  past  business  practices  at  companies  that  we  have acquired  may  also  expose  us  to  future 
unknown  environmental  liabilities.  Liabilities  related  to  environmental  contamination  or  human  exposure  to  hazardous 
substances, or a failure to comply with applicable regulations, could result in substantial costs to us, including clean-up costs, 
fines,  civil  or  criminal  sanctions,  and  third-party  claims  for  property  damage  or  personal  injury  or  cessation  of  remediation 
activities.  Our  continuing  work  in  the  areas  governed  by  these  laws  and  regulations  exposes  us  to  the  risk  of  substantial 
liability.

Force majeure events, including natural disasters and terrorist actions, could negatively impact the economies in which 
we operate or disrupt our operations, which may affect our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

Force  majeure  or  extraordinary  events  beyond  the  control  of  the  contracting  parties,  such  as  natural  and  man-made 
disasters,  as  well  as  terrorist  actions,  could  negatively  impact  the  economies  in  which  we  operate  by  causing  the  closure  of
offices, interrupting projects, and forcing the relocation of employees. We typically remain obligated to perform our services
after a terrorist action or natural disaster unless the contract contains a force majeure clause that relieves us of our contractual 
obligations in such an extraordinary event. If we are not able to react quickly to force majeure, our operations may be affected 
significantly, which would have a negative impact on our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

We  have  only  a  limited  ability  to  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights,  and  our  failure  to  protect  our  intellectual 
property rights could adversely affect our competitive position.

Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to protect our proprietary information and other intellectual property. 
We  rely  principally  on  trade  secrets  to  protect  much  of  our  intellectual  property  where  we  do  not  believe  that  patent  or 
copyright protection is appropriate or obtainable. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. Although our employees are 
subject to confidentiality obligations, this protection may be inadequate to deter or prevent misappropriation of our confidential 
information. In addition, we may be unable to detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property or otherwise take appropriate 
steps to enforce our rights. Failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could adversely affect our competitive business 

35

position.  In  addition,  if  we  are  unable  to  prevent  third  parties  from  infringing  or  misappropriating  our  trademarks  or  other 
proprietary information, our competitive position could be adversely affected.

Our stock price could become more volatile and stockholders’ investments could lose value.

In addition to the macroeconomic factors that have affected the prices of many securities generally, all of the factors 
discussed in this section could affect our stock price. Our common stock has previously experienced substantial price volatility. 
In  addition,  the  stock  market  has  experienced  extreme  price  and  volume  fluctuations  that  have  affected  the  market  price  of 
many companies, and that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. The overall market and 
the price of our common stock may fluctuate greatly. The trading price of our common stock may be significantly affected by 
various factors, including:

•

•
•
•
•
•
•

•

•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

•

quarter-to-quarter  variations  in  our  financial  results,  including  revenue,  profits,  days  sales  outstanding, 
backlog, and other measures of financial performance or financial condition, which may be affected by the 
following:
loss of key employees;
the number and significance of client contracts commenced and completed during a quarter;
creditworthiness and solvency of clients;
the ability of our clients to terminate contracts without penalties;
general economic or political conditions;
unanticipated  changes  in  contract  performance  that  may  affect  profitability,  particularly  with  contracts  that 
are fixed-price or have funding limits;
contract negotiations on change orders, requests for equitable adjustment, and collections of related billed and 
unbilled accounts receivable;
seasonality  of  the  spending  cycle  of  our  public  sector  clients,  notably  the  U.S.  federal  government,  the 
spending patterns of our commercial sector clients, and weather conditions;
budget constraints experienced by our U.S. federal, and state and local government clients;
integration of acquired companies;
changes in contingent consideration related to acquisition earn-outs; 
divestiture or discontinuance of operating units;
employee hiring, utilization and turnover rates;
delays incurred in connection with a contract;
the size, scope and payment terms of contracts;
the timing of expenses incurred for corporate initiatives;
reductions in the prices of services offered by our competitors;
threatened or pending litigation;
legislative and regulatory enforcement policy changes that may affect demand for our services; 
the impairment of goodwill or identifiable intangible assets; 
the fluctuation of a foreign currency exchange rate; 
stock-based compensation expense;
actual events, circumstances, outcomes, and amounts differing from judgments, assumptions, and estimates 
used  in  determining  the  value  of  certain  assets  (including  the  amounts  of  related  valuation  allowances), 
liabilities, and other items reflected in our consolidated financial statements;
success in executing our strategy and operating plans;
changes in tax laws or regulations or accounting rules; 
results of income tax examinations; 
the  timing  of  announcements  in  the  public  markets  regarding  new  services  or  potential  problems  with  the 
performance of services by us or our competitors, or any other material announcements;
speculation  in  the  media  and  analyst  community,  changes  in  recommendations  or  earnings  estimates  by 
financial  analysts,  changes  in  investors’  or  analysts’  valuation  measures  for  our  stock,  and  market  trends 
unrelated to our stock;

36

•
•
•
•
•
•

our announcements concerning the payment of dividends or the repurchase of our shares;
resolution of threatened or pending litigation;
changes in investors’ and analysts’ perceptions of our business or any of our competitors’ businesses;
changes in environmental legislation;
broader market fluctuations; and
general economic or political conditions.

Volatility in the financial markets could cause a decline in our stock price, which could trigger an impairment of the 
goodwill of individual reporting units that could be material to our consolidated financial statements. A significant drop in the 
price of our stock could also expose us to the risk of securities class action lawsuits, which could result in substantial costs and 
divert  management’s  attention  and  resources,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business. Additionally,  volatility  or  a  lack  of
positive performance in our stock price may adversely affect our ability to retain key employees, many of whom are awarded 
equity securities, the value of which is dependent on the performance of our stock price.

Delaware law and our charter documents may impede or discourage a merger, takeover, or other business combination 
even if the business combination would have been in the short-term best interests of our stockholders.

We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of Delaware law impose various impediments to the 
ability of a third party to acquire control of us, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. In addition, 
our Board of Directors has the power, without stockholder approval, to designate the terms of one or more series of preferred 
stock and issue shares of preferred stock, which could be used defensively if a takeover is threatened. Our incorporation under 
Delaware law, the ability of our Board of Directors to create and issue a new series of preferred stock, and provisions in our 
certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws,  such  as  those  relating  to  advance  notice  of  certain  stockholder  proposals  and 
nominations, could impede a merger, takeover, or other business combination involving us, or discourage a potential acquirer 
from making a tender offer for our common stock, even if the business combination would have been in the best interests of our
current stockholders.

Item 1B. (cid:3)Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

At fiscal 2017 year-end, we owned three facilities located in the United States and leased approximately 350 operating 
facilities in domestic and foreign locations. Our significant lease agreements expire at various dates through 2025. We believe 
that  our  current  facilities  are  adequate  for  the  operation  of  our  business,  and  that  suitable  additional  space  in  various  local 
markets is available to accommodate any needs that may arise.

The following table summarizes our ten most significant leased properties by location based on annual rental expenses 

(listed alphabetically, except for our Corporate headquarters):

Location

Pasadena, CA
Adelaide, South Australia, Australia
Arlington, VA
Calgary, AB, Canada
London, United Kingdom
New York, NY
Perth, Western Australia, Australia
Seattle, WA
Sydney, New South Wales, Australia
Vancouver, BC, Canada

Description
Corporate Headquarters
Office Building
Office Building
Office Building
Office Building
Office Building
Office Building
Office Building
Office Building
Office Building

37

Reportable Segment
Corporate
RME
WEI / RME
WEI / RME
RME
RME
RME
WEI
RME
WEI

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

For  a  description  of  our  material  pending  legal  and  regulatory  proceedings  and  settlements,  see  Note 17, 

"Commitments and Contingencies" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8.

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures

Section 1503  of  the  Dodd-Frank Wall  Street  Reform  and Consumer  Protection Act (the  "Dodd-Frank Act") requires 
domestic mine operators to disclose violations and orders issued under the Mine Act by MSHA. We do not act as the owner of 
any mines, but we may act as a mining operator as defined under the Mine Act where we may be an independent contractor 
performing  services  or  construction  at  such  mine.  Information  concerning  mine  safety  violations  or  other  regulatory  matters 
required by Section 1503(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act and Item 104 of Regulation S-K is included in Exhibit 95.

38

PART II

Item 5.    Market  for  Registrant's  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and  Issuer  Purchases  of  Equity 
Securities

Market Information

Our  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Market  under  the  symbol  TTEK.  There  were  1,394 
stockholders of record at October 31, 2017. The high and low sales prices per share for the common stock for the last two fiscal 
years, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market, are set forth in the following tables.

Fiscal 2017
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter

Fiscal 2016
First quarter
Second quarter
Third quarter
Fourth quarter

Dividends

$

$

Prices

High

Low

44.30 $
44.85
47.75
48.35

28.20 $
29.60
31.74
36.24

34.78
38.85
39.90
39.95

23.80
22.85
28.01
29.13

During fiscal 2017, we declared and paid dividends totaling $0.38 per share ($0.09 for the first and second quarters 
and $0.10 for the third and fourth quarters) of our common stock. In fiscal 2016, we paid dividends totaling $0.34 per share 
($0.08 for the first and second quarters, and $0.09 for the third and fourth quarters) of our common stock. We currently intend
to continue paying dividends on a quarterly basis, although the declaration of any future dividends will be determined by our 
Board  of  Directors  and  will  depend  on  available  cash,  estimated  cash  needs,  earnings,  and  capital  requirements,  as  well  as 
limitations in our long-term debt agreements.

Subsequent  Event.    On  November 6,  2017,  the  Board  of  Directors  declared  a  quarterly  cash  dividend  of  $0.10  per 

share payable on December 15, 2017 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 30, 2017.

Stock-Based Compensation

For information regarding our stock-based compensation, see Note 11, "Stockholders' Equity and Stock Compensation 

Plans" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8.

39

Performance Graph

The following graph shows a comparison of our cumulative total returns with those of the NASDAQ Market Index 
and  the  S&P 1500  Construction  and  Engineering  Index. The  graph  assumes  that  the  value  of  an  investment  in  our  common 
stock and in each such index was $100 on September 30, 2012, and that all dividends have been reinvested. During fiscal 2017, 
we declared and paid dividends in the first and second quarters totaling $0.18 per share ($0.09 each quarter) on our common 
stock and paid dividends in the third and fourth quarters totaling $0.20 per share ($0.10 each quarter) on our common stock. We 
declared and paid dividends totaling $0.34, $0.30 and $0.14 per share in fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. We did not
pay  any  dividends  prior  to  fiscal  2014.  Our  self-selected  Peer  Group  Index  is  the  S&P 1500  Construction  and  Engineering 
Index.  The  comparison  in  the  graph  below  is  based  on  historical  data  and  is  not  intended  to  forecast  the  possible  future 
performance of our common stock.

ASSUMES $100 INVESTED ON SEPTEMBER 30, 2012
ASSUMES DIVIDEND REINVESTED
FISCAL YEAR ENDED OCTOBER 1, 2017

Tetra Tech, Inc.
NASDAQ Market Index
S&P 1500 C&E Index

$

2012
100.00 $
100.00
100.00

2013

2014

2015

98.93 $
123.09
129.40

96.49 $

96.51 $

148.66
127.22

156.18
102.79

2016
138.98 $
179.29
123.91

2017
184.02
221.75
139.06

The performance graph above and related text are being furnished solely to accompany this annual report on Form 10-
K pursuant to Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K, and are not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and are 
not  to  be  incorporated  by  reference  into  any  of  our  filings  with  the  SEC,  whether  made  before  or  after  the  date  hereof, 
regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

Stock Repurchase Program

On  November 10,  2014,  the  Board  authorized  a  stock  repurchase  program  under  which  we  could  repurchase  up  to 
$200 million  of  our  common  stock  over  the  next  two  years.  As  of  October 2,  2016,  we  repurchased  through  open  market 
purchases  a  total  of  7.4 million shares  at  an  average  price  of  $26.91,  for  a  total  cost  of  $200 million  under  this  repurchase 
program.  On  November  7,  2016,  our  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  new  stock  repurchase  program  under  which  we  could 
repurchase up to $200 million of our common stock. As of October 1, 2017, we repurchased through open market purchases a 
total of 2,266,397 shares at an average price of $44.12 for a total cost of $100.0 million under this repurchase program. These 
shares were repurchased during the period from October 3, 2016 through October 1, 2017.  

40

A summary of the repurchase activity for the 12 months ended October 1, 2017 is as follows:

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of 
Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs

— $

48,697
183,968
60,619
76,712
103,631
64,908
294,925
519,539
231,350
310,826
371,222

Maximum
Dollar Value
that May Yet
be Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs

200,000,000
197,990,958
190,000,264
187,437,171
184,195,798
180,000,269
177,314,587
163,969,280
140,000,468
129,281,056
115,886,290
100,000,479

Total 
Number
of Shares
Purchased

Average 
Price
Paid per 
Share

— $

48,697
183,968
60,619
76,712
103,631
64,908
294,925
519,539
231,350
310,826
371,222

—
41.26
43.44
42.28
42.25
40.49
41.38
45.25
46.13
46.33
43.09
42.79

Period

October 3, 2016 - October 30, 2016
October 31, 2016 - November 27, 2016
November 28, 2016 - January 1, 2017
January 2, 2017 - January 29, 2017

January 30, 2017 - February 26, 2017
February 27, 2017 - April 2, 2017
April 3, 2017 - April 30, 2017
May 1, 2017 - May 28, 2017
May 29, 2017 - July 2, 2017
July 3, 2017 - July 30, 2017
July 31, 2017 - August 27, 2017
August 28, 2017 - October 1, 2017

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data

The  following  selected  financial  data  was  derived  from  our  audited  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  selected 
financial  data  presented  below  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  information  contained  in  Item 7,  "Management's 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and our consolidated financial statements and the 
notes thereto contained in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data," of this report.

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

September 27, 
2015

September 28, 
2014

September 29, 
2013

(in thousands, except per share data)

Statements of Operations Data
Revenue
Operating income
Net income (loss) attributable to Tetra 
Tech
Diluted net income (loss) attributable 
to Tetra Tech per share
Cash dividends paid per share

$

2,753,360 $
183,342

2,583,469 $
135,855

2,299,321 $
87,684

2,483,814 $
153,833

2,613,755
20,218

117,874

83,783

39,074

108,266

(2,141)

2.04

0.38

1.42

0.34

0.64

0.30

1.66

0.14

(0.03)

—

Balance Sheet Data
Total assets
Long-term debt, net of current portion
Tetra Tech stockholders' equity

$

1,902,745 $
341,283
928,453

1,800,779 $
331,501
869,259

1,559,242 $
180,972
856,325

1,776,404 $
192,842
1,012,079

1,799,092
203,438
997,763

41

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with Part I of 
this report, as well as our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in Item 8. The following analysis contains 
forward-looking statements about our future results of operations and expectations. Our actual results and the timing of events 
could  differ  materially  from  those  described  herein.  See  Part 1,  Item 1A,  "Risk  Factors"  for  a  discussion  of  the  risks, 
assumptions, and uncertainties affecting these statements.

OVERVIEW OF RESULTS AND BUSINESS TRENDS

General.  In  fiscal  2017,  our  revenue  increased  6.6%  compared  to  the  prior-year  period. This  growth  includes  year-
over-year increases for Coffey International Limited ("Coffey") and INDUS Corporation ("INDUS") for the first half of fiscal 
2017 compared to the first half of last year since these acquisitions were completed in the second quarter of fiscal 2016. Coffey 
and INDUS together contributed revenue of $213.4 million in the first six months of fiscal 2017 compared to $94.3 million in 
the first six months of last year. Excluding these contributions, our revenue increased 2.0% in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 
2016. Our revenue also reflects a reduction in construction activities compared to last year. This reduction resulted from our 
decision  to  exit  from  select  fixed-price  construction  markets,  which  are  reported  in  our  RCM  segment.  Revenue  from  our 
ongoing business, excluding RCM, Coffey and INDUS, increased 3.5% in fiscal 2017 compared to last year. We report results 
of operations based on 52 or 53-week periods ending on the Sunday nearest September 30. Fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 
contained 52, 53 and 52 weeks, respectively. We estimate that our revenue comparisons for fiscal 2017 versus last year were 
consequently reduced by approximately 2%.

U.S.  State  and  Local  Government.    Our  U.S.  state  and  local  government  revenue  increased  13.6%  in  fiscal  2017 
compared  to  fiscal  2016.  We  experienced  this  increase  despite  the  reduction  in  certain  construction  activities  noted  above, 
especially those related to state transportation projects in the RCM segment. Excluding these activities, our U.S. state and local 
government  revenue  increased  19.9%  in  fiscal  2017  compared  to  last  year.  Many  state  and  local  government  agencies  are 
experiencing improved financial conditions that enable them to address major long-term infrastructure requirements, including 
the  need  for  maintenance,  repair,  and  upgrading  of  existing  critical  infrastructure  and  the  need  to  build  new  facilities. As  a
result, we experienced broad-based growth in our U.S. state and local government project-related infrastructure revenue. We 
expect our U.S. state and local government business to continue to grow in fiscal 2018.

U.S.  Federal Government. Our U.S. federal  government  revenue  increased 14.9%  in  fiscal  2017  compared  to  fiscal 
2016. Excluding the first half contributions from Coffey and INDUS, our U.S. federal government business increased 9.1% in 
fiscal  2017  compared  to  last  year.  This  growth  primarily  reflects  increased  international  development  and  DoD  activities. 
During  periods  of  economic  volatility,  our  U.S.  federal  government  clients  have  historically  been  the  most  stable  and 
predictable. We anticipate growth in U.S. federal government revenue in fiscal 2018.

U.S. Commercial.  Our U.S. commercial revenue was flat in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. This result primarily 
reflects reduced work for oil and gas clients, which was partially offset by increased environmental activities. We expect our
U.S. commercial revenue to grow modestly in fiscal 2018. 

International.  Our  international  revenue  increased  1.3%  in  fiscal  2017  compared  to  last  year.  This  growth  was 
primarily due to the six month comparisons for Coffey, which contributed international revenue of $138.6 million in the first 
six  months  of  fiscal  2017  compared  to  $68.2  million  in  the  first  six  months  of  fiscal  2016.  Excluding  this  contribution,  our 
international business decreased 9.3% in fiscal 2017 compared to last year. This decrease reflects the commodity-driven slow-
down in economic activity in Canada, primarily in the oil and gas market. We anticipate our international revenue to be stable
in  fiscal 2018.  However,  if  commodity  prices  remain  low  or  decrease further, our  international business  could  be  negatively 
impacted.

42

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Fiscal 2017 Compared to Fiscal 2016

Consolidated Results of Operations

Revenue
Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs (1)

Other costs of revenue

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses
Acquisition and integration expenses
Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments

Operating income
Interest expense – net

Income before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Net income including noncontrolling interests
Net income from noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Diluted earnings per share

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$

2,753,360 $
(719,350)

2,583,469 $
(654,264)

2,034,010
(1,680,372)

1,929,205
(1,598,994)

353,638
(177,219)
—
6,923

183,342
(11,581)

171,761
(53,844)

117,917
(43)

330,211
(171,985)
(19,548)
(2,823)

135,855
(11,389)

124,466
(40,613)

83,853
(70)

$

$

117,874 $

2.04 $

83,783 $

1.42 $

169,891
(65,086)

104,805
(81,378)

23,427
(5,234)
19,548
9,746

47,487
(192)

47,295
(13,231)

34,064
27

34,091

0.62

6.6%
(9.9)

5.4
(5.1)

7.1
(3.0)
NM
NM

35.0
(1.7)

38.0
(32.6)

40.6
38.6

40.7

43.7

(1) We believe that the presentation of "Revenue, net of subcontractor costs", which is a non-GAAP financial measure, enhances investors' 
ability to analyze our business trends and performance because it substantially measures the work performed by our employees. In the 
course  of  providing  services,  we  routinely  subcontract  various  services  and,  under  certain  USAID  programs,  issue  grants.  Generally, 
these subcontractor costs and grants are passed through to our clients and, in accordance with GAAP and industry practice, are included 
in our revenue when it is our contractual responsibility to procure or manage these activities. Because subcontractor services can vary 
significantly from project to project and period to period, changes in revenue may not necessarily be indicative of our business trends. 
Accordingly, we segregate subcontractor costs from revenue to promote a better understanding of our business by evaluating revenue 
exclusive of costs associated with external service providers.

43

The following table reconciles our reported results to non-GAAP ongoing results, which exclude the RCM results and 
certain  purchase  accounting-related  adjustments.  Ongoing  results  also  exclude  Coffey-related  acquisition  and  integration 
expenses, and debt pre-payment fees in fiscal 2016.  Additionally, ongoing diluted earnings per share ("EPS") for fiscal 2016 
excludes  the  benefit  of  the  retroactive  extension  of  the  research  and  development  ("R&D")  credit  described  below.  The 
effective tax rates applied to the adjustments to EPS to arrive at ongoing EPS averaged 33% and 25% in fiscal 2017 and 2016, 
respectively. We  apply  the relevant  marginal  statutory  tax rate based  on  the nature  of  the  adjustments  and  tax  jurisdiction  in
which they occur. In fiscal 2016, this average rate was lower than our overall effective tax rate due to certain acquisition and 
integration  expenses,  which  had  no  tax  benefit.  Both  EPS  and  ongoing  EPS  were  calculated  using  diluted  weighted-average 
common shares outstanding for the respective years as reflected in our consolidated statements of income.

Revenue
RCM

Ongoing revenue

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs
RCM

Ongoing revenue, net of subcontractors costs

Operating income
Acquisition and integration expenses
Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments

Subtotal

RCM

Ongoing operating income

EPS 
Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments
RCM
Acquisition and integration expenses
Coffey debt prepayment
Retroactive R&D tax

Ongoing EPS

NM = not meaningful

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

Change

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,753,360 $
(18,207)

2,583,469 $
(52,150)

169,891
33,943

2,735,153 $

2,531,319 $

203,834

2,034,010 $

86

1,929,205 $
(17,267)

104,805
17,353

2,034,096 $

1,911,938 $

122,158

183,342 $
—
(6,923)

176,419
14,712

135,855 $
19,548
2,823

158,226
11,834

191,131 $

170,060 $

2.04 $
(0.08)
0.17
—
—
—

2.13 $

1.42 $
0.03
0.14
0.29
0.03
(0.03)

1.88 $

47,487
(19,548)
(9,746)

18,193
2,878

21,071

0.62
(0.11)
0.03
(0.29)
(0.03)
0.03

0.25

%
6.6%
NM

8.1

5.4
NM

6.4

35.0
NM
NM

11.5
NM

12.4

43.7
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM

13.3

In fiscal 2017, revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $169.9 million, or 6.6%, and $104.8 million, 
or  5.4%,  respectively,  compared  to  the  same  period  last  year.  The  year-over-year  comparisons  include  the  above-described 
reduction in certain construction activities. Revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, from these construction activities, 
which are reported in the RCM segment, declined $33.9 million and $17.4 million, respectively, in fiscal 2017 compared to last 
year.    In  fiscal  2017,  our  ongoing  revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  increased  $203.8  million,  or  8.1%,  and 
$122.2  million,  or  6.4%,  compared  to  the  same  period  last  year.  These  increases  include  first  half  contributions  from 
acquisitions  of  Coffey  and  INDUS  that  were  completed  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2016.  Together,  these  acquisitions 
contributed revenue of $213.4 million and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, of $154.4 million in the first six months of fiscal 
2017 compared to revenue of $94.3 million and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, of $71.0 million in the first six months of 
fiscal  2016.  Excluding  these  first  half  contributions,  our  ongoing  revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  increased 
3.5% and 2.1%, respectively, in fiscal 2017 compared to the same period in fiscal 2016. These results reflect increased U.S. 
federal and U.S. state and local government activity partially offset by a decline in our oil and gas activities in North America, 
particularly in Canada.

44

Our  operating  income  increased  $47.5  million  in  fiscal  2017  compared  to  fiscal  2016.  The  loss  from  exited 
construction activities in our RCM segment was $14.7 million in fiscal 2017 compared to $11.8 million last year. Our RCM 
results are described below under “Remediation and Construction Management.” Additionally, our operating income in fiscal 
2016  was  reduced  by  acquisition  and  integration  expenses  of  $19.5  million  related  to  the  acquisition  of  Coffey.  For  further 
detailed  information  regarding  these  expenses,  see  "Fiscal  2016  Acquisition  and  Integration  Expenses"  below.  Also,  our 
operating income for fiscal 2017 reflects gains of $6.9 million related to changes in the estimated fair value of contingent earn-
out  liabilities.  Conversely,  our  operating  income  for  fiscal  2016  reflects  losses  of  $2.8 million  related  to  changes  in  the 
estimated fair value of contingent earn-out liabilities. These gains and losses are described below under “Fiscal 2017 and 2016 
Earn-Out Adjustments.”

Excluding these items, ongoing operating income increased $21.0 million, or 12.4%, in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 
2016. The increase in our ongoing operating income primarily reflects improved results in our WEI segment. WEI’s operating 
income  increased  $21.9  million  in  fiscal  2017  compared  to  last  year.  These  results  are  described  below  under  “Water, 
Environment and Infrastructure.”

Interest  expense,  net  was  $11.6 million  in  fiscal  2017,  compared  to  $11.4 million  last  year.  Interest  expense  in  the 
second quarter of fiscal 2016 included debt pre-payment fees of $1.9 million related to the Coffey acquisition. Excluding this 
item, interest expense, net increased $2.1 million in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. This increase reflects higher interest 
rates (primarily LIBOR), and additional borrowings to fund the Coffey acquisition and other working capital needs.

The effective tax rates for fiscal 2017 and 2016 were 31.3% and 32.6%, respectively. During fiscal 2017, we adopted 
accounting guidance which requires excess tax benefits and deficiencies on share-based payments to be recorded as an income 
tax benefit or expense, respectively, in the statement of income rather than being recorded in additional paid-in capital on the
balance sheet. As a result, we recognized an income tax benefit of $4.9 million in fiscal 2017. Excluding this item, the effective 
tax rate for fiscal 2017 was 34.2%. In fiscal 2016, we incurred $13.3 million of acquisition and integration expenses and debt 
pre-payment fees for which no tax benefit was recognized. Of this amount, $6.4 million resulted from acquisition expenses that 
were not tax deductible and $6.9 million resulted from integration expenses and debt pre-payment fees incurred in jurisdictions 
with current and historical net operating losses where the related deferred tax asset was fully reserved. Additionally, during the 
first  quarter  of  fiscal  2016,  the  Protecting Americans  from  Tax  Hikes Act  of  2015  was  signed  into  law  which  permanently 
extended the R&D credit retroactive to January 1, 2015. Our income tax expense for fiscal 2016 included an income tax benefit 
of $2.0 million attributable to operating income during the last nine months of fiscal 2015, primarily related to the retroactive 
recognition of the R&D credit. Excluding these items, the effective tax rate for fiscal 2016 was 30.9%.

EPS was $2.04 in fiscal 2017, compared to $1.42 in fiscal 2016. This increase includes the acquisition and integration 
expenses and debt pre-payment fees of $21.5 million ($19.0 million after tax) in fiscal 2016. These charges reduced EPS by 
$0.32 per share in fiscal 2016. The other non-operating items described above (RCM segment results and earn-out gains/losses) 
also  affected  the  year-over-year  comparisons.  On  the  same  basis  as  our  ongoing  operating  income,  EPS  was  $2.13 in  fiscal 
2017, compared to $1.88 last year.

Fiscal 2017 and 2016 Earn-Out Adjustments

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair 
value could differ materially from the initial estimates. During fiscal 2017, we recorded updated valuations to our contingent 
earn-out  liabilities  and  reported  related  net  gains  in  operating  income  totaling  $6.9 million.  The  fiscal  2017  gains  primarily 
resulted from updated valuations of the contingent consideration liabilities for INDUS, which is part of our WEI segment, and
Cornerstone Environmental Group ("CEG"), which is part of our RME segment.

INDUS’ actual financial performance in the first earn-out period was profitable, but below our original expectations at 
the  acquisition  date.  As  a  result,  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2017,  we  evaluated  our  estimate  of  INDUS’  contingent 
consideration liability for both earn-out periods. This assessment included a review of INDUS’ financial results in the first earn-

45

out period, the status of ongoing projects in INDUS’ backlog, and the inventory of prospective new contract awards. As a result 
of this assessment, we concluded that INDUS’ operating income in both the first and second earn-out periods would be lower 
than  the  minimum  requirements  of  $3.2  million  and  $3.6  million,  respectively,  to  earn  any  contingent  consideration. 
Accordingly, in the second quarter of fiscal 2017, we reduced INDUS’ contingent earn-out liability to $0, which resulted in a 
gain of $5.0 million.

During  fiscal  2017,  we  also  evaluated  our  estimate  of  CEG’s  contingent  consideration  liability.  This  assessment 
included  a  review  of  CEG’s  financial  results  to-date,  the  status  of  ongoing  projects  in  CEG’s  backlog,  and  the  inventory  of 
prospective new  contract  awards. As  a result  of  this  assessment,  we  concluded  that  CEG’s financial  results  in  the remaining 
earn-out periods would be at a lower level of profitability than our previous estimates. Accordingly, in fiscal 2017, we reduced 
the CEG contingent earn-out liability, which resulted in a gain of $1.1 million.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2016, we recorded an increase in our contingent earn-out liabilities and related losses in 
operating income of $1.8 million, which reflected our updated valuation of the contingent consideration liability for CEG. This 
valuation  included  our  updated  projection  of  CEG’s  financial  performance  during  the  earn-out  period,  which  exceeded  our 
original estimate at the acquisition date. In the first quarter of fiscal 2016, we recognized a $1.0 million loss, which represented 
the final cash settlement of an earn-out liability that was valued at $0 at the end of fiscal 2015.

At  October  1,  2017,  there  was  a  total  maximum  of  $8.9  million  of  outstanding  contingent  consideration  related  to 

acquisitions. Of this amount, $2.4 million was estimated as the fair value and accrued on our consolidated balance sheet.

Segment Results of Operations

In fiscal 2017, we managed our operations under three reportable segments. We reported our water resources, water 
and  wastewater  treatment,  environment,  and  infrastructure  engineering  activities  in  the  WEI  reportable  segment.  Our  RME 
reportable segment included our oil and gas, energy, international development, waste management, remediation, and utilities 
services. In addition, we reported the results of the wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the RCM reportable 
segment.

Water, Environment and Infrastructure (WEI)

Revenue
Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Operating income

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$

$

$

1,146,366 $
(299,459)

1,028,281 $
(274,826)

118,085
(24,633)

846,907 $

753,455 $

93,452

117,894 $

95,996 $

21,898

11.5%
(9.0)

12.4

22.8

Revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $118.1 million, or 11.5%, and $93.5 million, or 12.4%, in 
fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. These increases primarily reflect broad-based revenue growth in our U.S. state and local 
government  project-related  infrastructure  business.  Our  U.S.  state  and  local  government  revenue  and  revenue,  net  of 
subcontractor costs, increased $59.8 million and $53.2 million, respectively, in fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016. Our U.S. 
commercial  business,  primarily  related  to  environmental  activities,  also  grew  compared  to  last  year.  Our  U.S.  commercial 
revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $38.7 million and $8.9 million, respectively, in fiscal 2017 compared 
to  the  same  period  last  year. Our U.S.  federal  business  also  improved  compared  to  last  year, primarily  due  to  an  increase  in 
work  for  the  DoD.  Operating  income  increased  $21.9  million  in  fiscal  2017  compared  to  last  year,  reflecting  the  higher 
revenue.  In  addition,  our  operating  margin,  based  on  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  improved  to  13.9%  in  fiscal  2017 
from 12.7% in fiscal 2016. This increase in profitability primarily reflects improved revenue and better utilization of resources.

46

Resource Management and Energy (RME)

Revenue
Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Operating income

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$

$

$

1,666,364 $
(479,175)

1,569,702 $
(411,219)

96,662
(67,956)

1,187,189 $

1,158,483 $

28,706

6.2%
(16.5)

2.5

111,122 $

112,202 $

(1,080)

(1.0)

Revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased $96.7 million and $28.7 million, respectively, compared to 
fiscal 2016. These increases include Coffey contributions of $201.2 million of revenue and $144.9 million of revenue, net of 
subcontractor costs, in the first six months of fiscal 2017, compared to $94.3 million and $71.0 million, respectively, in the first 
half of last year. Coffey’s contributions included the benefit of post-acquisition integration with our existing environmental and 
international development businesses. Excluding the Coffey contributions, our revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, 
decreased  $10.2 million  and  $45.2 million,  respectively,  in  fiscal  2017  compared  to  last  year.  These  decreases  reflect  the 
reduction in oil and gas activity in North America, particularly in Canada. Operating income decreased $1.1 million in fiscal
2017 compared to last year. This decrease also reflects the reduction in oil and gas activity.

Remediation and Construction Management (RCM)

Revenue
Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Operating loss

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$

$

$

18,207 $
(18,293)

52,150 $
(34,883)

(33,943)
16,590

(65.1)%
47.6

(86) $

17,267 $

(17,353)

(100.5)

(14,712) $

(11,834) $

(2,878)

(24.3)

Revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  decreased  $33.9  million  and  $17.4  million,  respectively,  in  fiscal 
2017 compared to fiscal 2016. These decreases primarily resulted from our decision at the end of fiscal 2014 to wind-down the 
RCM  construction  activities.  In  addition,  in  fiscal  2017,  we  updated  our  evaluation  of  unsettled  claims  and  recognized  a 
reduction in revenue of $4.9 million and a related loss in operating income of $3.6 million. In fiscal 2017, we also recognized
unfavorable operating income adjustments of $5.7 million related to our updated estimate of the costs to complete fixed-price 
construction  projects.  The  remaining  loss  in  fiscal  2017  primarily  reflects  legal  costs  related  to  outstanding  claims.  The 
operating  loss  in  fiscal  2016  resulted  from  adverse  changes  in  the  estimated  costs  to  complete  several  projects  and  legal 
expenses to resolve various outstanding project claims. In addition, the fiscal 2016 operating loss of $11.8 million includes $7.9
million of losses related to uncollectible accounts receivable, including claims. This loss was partially offset by a gain of $4.6
million resulting from the settlement of a claim with a U.S. federal government client for work completed in fiscal 2013. The
remaining RCM backlog at the end of fiscal 2017 was $5.0 million, which will be substantially completed in calendar 2017.

47

Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015

Consolidated Results of Operations

Revenue
Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs (1)

Other costs of revenue

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses
Acquisition and integration expenses
Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

Operating income
Interest expense – net

Income before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Net income including noncontrolling interests
Net income from noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Diluted earnings per share

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2, 
2016

September 27, 
2015

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$

2,583,469 $
(654,264)

2,299,321 $
(580,606)

1,929,205
(1,598,994)

1,718,715
(1,402,925)

330,211
(171,985)
(19,548)
(2,823)
—

135,855
(11,389)

124,466
(40,613)

83,853
(70)

315,790
(170,456)
—
3,113
(60,763)

87,684
(7,363)

80,321
(41,093)

39,228
(154)

$

$

83,783 $

1.42 $

39,074 $

0.64 $

284,148
(73,658)

210,490
(196,069)

14,421
(1,529)
(19,548)
(5,936)
60,763

48,171
(4,026)

44,145
480

44,625
84

44,709

0.78

12.4%
(12.7)

12.2
(14.0)

4.6
(0.9)
NM
NM
NM

54.9
(54.7)

55.0
1.2

113.8
54.5

114.4

121.9

(1) We believe that the presentation of "Revenue, net of subcontractor costs", which is a non-GAAP financial measure, enhances investors' 
ability to analyze our business trends and performance because it substantially measures the work performed by our employees. In the 
course  of  providing  services,  we  routinely  subcontract  various  services  and,  under  certain  USAID  programs,  issue  grants.  Generally, 
these subcontractor costs and grants are passed through to our clients and, in accordance with GAAP and industry practice, are included 
in our revenue when it is our contractual responsibility to procure or manage these activities. Because subcontractor services can vary 
significantly from project to project and period to period, changes in revenue may not necessarily be indicative of our business trends. 
Accordingly, we segregate subcontractor costs from revenue to promote a better understanding of our business by evaluating revenue 
exclusive of costs associated with external service providers.

NM = not meaningful

The  following  table  reconciles  our  reported  results  to  non-GAAP  ongoing  results,  which  exclude  the  RCM  results, 
certain purchase accounting-related adjustments, and the impact of changes in foreign exchange translation rates in fiscal 2016 
compared  to  fiscal  2015.  Ongoing  results  also  exclude  Coffey-related  acquisition  and  integration  expenses,  and  debt  pre-
payment fees in fiscal 2016. Additionally, ongoing EPS for fiscal 2016 excludes the benefit of the retroactive extension of the 
R&D credit described below. The effective tax rate applied to the adjustments to EPS to arrive at ongoing EPS averaged 25% 
and 8% in fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015, respectively. We apply the relevant marginal statutory tax rate based on the nature of the 
adjustments and the tax jurisdiction in which they occur. These average rates are lower than our overall effective tax rates due 
to  certain  acquisition  and  integration  expenses  incurred  in  fiscal  2016  and  most  of  the  impairment  of  goodwill  and  other 
intangible assets in fiscal 2015, which had no tax benefit. Both EPS and ongoing EPS were calculated using diluted weighted-
average common shares outstanding for the respective periods as reflected in our consolidated statements of income.

48

Revenue
Foreign exchange
RCM

Ongoing revenue

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs
Foreign exchange
RCM

Ongoing revenue, net of subcontractors costs

Operating income
Foreign exchange
Acquisition and integration expenses
Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

Subtotal

RCM

Ongoing operating income

EPS 
Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments
RCM
Acquisition and integration expenses
Coffey debt prepayment
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
Retroactive R&D tax

Ongoing EPS
Foreign exchange

Ongoing EPS, net of foreign exchange

NM = not meaningful

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2, 
2016

September 27, 
2015

2,583,469 $
40,749
(52,150)

2,299,321 $

—
(86,575)

Change

$

284,148
40,749
34,425

2,572,068 $

2,212,746 $

359,322

1,929,205 $
37,684
(17,267)

1,718,715 $

—
(23,275)

210,490
37,684
6,008

1,949,622 $

1,695,440 $

254,182

135,855 $
1,944
19,548
2,823
—

160,170
11,834

87,684 $
—
—
(3,113)
60,763

145,334
8,614

172,004 $

153,948 $

1.42 $
0.03
0.14
0.29
0.03
—
(0.03)

1.88 $
0.03

1.91 $

0.64 $
(0.04)
0.10
—
—
0.93
(0.02)

1.61 $
—

1.61 $

48,171
1,944
19,548
5,936
(60,763)

14,836
3,220

18,056

0.78
0.07
0.04
0.29
0.03
(0.93)
(0.01)

0.27
0.03

0.30

%
12.4%
NM
NM

16.2

12.2
NM
NM

15.0

54.9
NM
NM
NM
NM

10.2
NM

11.7%

121.9
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM
NM

16.8
NM

18.6

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

In  fiscal  2016,  revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  increased  $284.1 million,  or  12.4%,  and 
$210.5 million,  or  12.2%,  respectively,  compared  to  fiscal  2015.  These  results  include  the  above-described  fluctuation  in 
foreign exchange rates and the reduction in certain construction activities compared to last year. Revenue declines caused by
foreign  exchange  rate  fluctuations  resulted  from  a  stronger  U.S.  dollar  versus  most  of  the  foreign  currencies  in  which  we 
conduct  our  international  business,  particularly  the  Canadian  dollar.  These  fluctuations  negatively  impacted  revenue  and 
revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  by  $40.7 million  and  $37.7 million,  respectively, in  fiscal  2016  compared  to  last  year. 
Revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  from  the  exited  construction  activities,  which  are  reported  in  the  RCM 
segment, declined $34.4 million and $6.0 million, respectively, in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015.

Our ongoing revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased 16.2% and 15.0%, respectively, in fiscal 2016 
compared to fiscal 2015. These increases reflect combined revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, of $320.6 million 
and $233.1 million, respectively, in fiscal 2016 from the fiscal 2016 acquisitions since their respective acquisition dates in the 
second  quarter  of  fiscal  2016.  Excluding  these  contributions,  our  ongoing  revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs, 
increased 1.8%  and  1.2%,  respectively,  in  fiscal  2016  compared  to  last  year. These  results  reflect  increased  commercial  and 
state  and  local  government  activity  in  our  ongoing  U.S.  operations.  On  a  combined  basis,  commercial  and  state  and  local 
government  revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs  in  our  ongoing  U.S.  operations  increased  $52.5 million  and 

49

$34.1 million,  respectively,  in  fiscal  2016  compared  to  fiscal  2015,  primarily  due  to  increased  waste  management, 
environmental remediation, and infrastructure activities. However, these increases were offset by a decline in our international 
activities that was caused primarily by the commodity-driven slowdown in economic activity in Canada.

Our operating income increased $48.2 million in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. Our operating income in 2016 
was reduced by Coffey-related acquisition and integration expenses of $19.5 million. For further detailed information regarding 
these expenses, see "Fiscal 2016 Acquisition and Integration Expenses" below. In addition, losses of $2.8 million resulting from 
changes in the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out liabilities reduced our operating income in fiscal 2016. These earn-
out  losses  compare  to  a  gain  of  $3.1 million  in  fiscal  2015  and  are  described  below  under  "Fiscal  2016  and  2015  Earn-Out 
Adjustments."  Further,  we  recognized  a  non-cash  goodwill  and  other  intangible  asset  impairment  charge  of  $60.8 million  in 
fiscal 2015 related to our GMP reporting unit, which is described below under "Fiscal 2015 Impairment of Goodwill and Other 
Intangible  Assets."  The  aforementioned  year-over-year  foreign  exchange  rate  fluctuations  reduced  operating  income  by 
$1.9 million  in  fiscal  2016  compared  to  fiscal  2015.  The  loss  from  exited  construction  activities  in  our  RCM  segment  was 
$11.8 million in fiscal 2016 compared to $8.6 million last year. Our RCM results are described below under "Remediation and 
Construction  Management."  Excluding  these  non-operating  items,  ongoing  operating  income  increased  $18.1 million,  or 
11.7%, in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015.

The increase in our ongoing operating income in fiscal 2016 primarily reflects improved results in our RME segment 
compared to last year. On a constant currency basis, RME's ongoing operating income increased $21.1 million in fiscal 2016 
compared  to  last  year. This  increase  includes  operating  income  of  $12.5 million  from  Coffey  since  the  acquisition date.  Our 
RME  results  are  described  below  under  "Resource  Management  and  Energy."  The  higher  operating  income  in  the  RME
segment was partially offset by intangible amortization, which increased by $1.9 million in fiscal 2016 compared to last year.

Interest expense, net was $11.4 million in fiscal 2016, compared to $7.4 million in the same period last year. Interest 
expense in fiscal 2016 includes Coffey-related debt pre-payment fees of $1.9 million that were incurred in the second quarter. 
The remaining increase in interest expense reflects additional borrowings to fund the Coffey acquisition.

Our  effective  tax  rates  for  fiscal  2016  and  2015  were  32.6%  and  51.2%,  respectively.  In  fiscal  2016,  we  incurred 
$13.3 million of acquisition and integration expenses and debt pre-payment fees for which no tax benefit was recognized. Of 
this  amount,  $6.4 million  resulted  from  acquisition  expenses  that  were  not  tax  deductible,  and  $6.9 million  resulted  from 
integration expenses and debt pre-payment fees incurred in jurisdictions with current and historical net operating losses where 
the related deferred tax asset was fully reserved. Additionally, during the first quarter of fiscal 2016, the Protecting Americans 
from Tax Hikes Act of 2015 was signed into law which permanently extended the federal R&D credit retroactive to January 1, 
2015. Our income tax expense for fiscal 2016 included a tax benefit of $2.0 million attributable to operating income during the 
last nine months of fiscal 2015, primarily related to the retroactive recognition of the R&D credit. Our income tax expense for 
fiscal  2015  included  a  similar  retroactive  tax  benefit  of  $1.2 million  attributable  to  operating  income  during  the  last  nine 
months  of  fiscal  2014.  Our  effective  tax  rate  in  fiscal  2015  also  reflected  the  impact  of  the  $60.8 million  goodwill  and 
intangible  asset  impairment  charge,  of  which  most  was  not  tax  deductible.  Excluding  these  items,  our  effective  tax  rates  for 
fiscal 2016 and 2015 were 30.9% and 32.5%, respectively. The lower tax rate this year primarily reflects a measurement change
in  tax positions  taken  in prior  years relating  in  large  part  to  developments  in our  ongoing IRS  examination  that  reduced  our 
effective tax rate by 2.0% in fiscal 2016.

EPS  was  $1.42  in  fiscal  2016,  compared  to  $0.64  in  fiscal  2015.  This  comparison  reflects  the  acquisition  and 
integration expenses and debt pre-payment fees of $21.5 million ($19.0 million after tax) in fiscal 2016. These charges reduced 
EPS by $0.32 per share in fiscal 2016. Additionally, EPS in fiscal 2015 was lower due to the $60.8 million ($57.3 million after-
tax)  non-cash  impairment  charge  for  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets,  which  reduced  EPS  by  $0.93.  The  other  non-
operating items described above (foreign exchange, earn-out gains/losses, and RCM segment results) also adversely affected 
the  year-over-year  EPS  comparisons.  On  the  same  basis  as  our  ongoing  operating  income,  EPS  was  $1.88  in  fiscal  2016 
compared to $1.61 last year.

Fiscal 2016 Acquisition and Integration Expenses

In fiscal 2016, we incurred Coffey-related acquisition and integration expenses of $19.5 million. The $7.9 million of 
acquisition expenses were primarily for professional services, such as legal and investment banking, to support the transaction. 
Throughout the remainder of fiscal 2016 subsequent to the acquisition date, we incurred costs of $11.6 million on integration 

50

activities, including the elimination of redundant general and administrative costs, real estate consolidation, and conversion of 
information  technology  platforms. As  of  October 2,  2016,  these  activities  were  substantially  complete  and  all  of  the  related 
costs had been paid.

Fiscal 2016 and 2015 Earn-Out Adjustments

In both fiscal 2016 and 2015, our operating income included significant non-cash adjustments related to our estimated 
contingent earn-out liabilities. We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, 
and the updated fair value could differ materially from the initial estimates. During fiscal 2016, we increased our contingent 
earn-out liabilities and reported related losses in operating income of $2.8 million. These losses include a $1.8 million charge 
that  reflected  our  updated  valuation  of  the  contingent  consideration  liability  for  CEG.  This  valuation  included  our  updated 
projection of CEG's financial performance during the earn-out period, which exceeded our original estimate at the acquisition 
date. The remaining $1.0 million loss represented the final cash settlement of an earn-out liability that was valued at $0 at the 
end of fiscal 2015.

During  fiscal  2015,  we  recorded  a  decrease  in  our  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  and  reported  a  related  gain  in 
operating  income  of  $3.1 million.  This  gain  resulted  from  an  updated  valuation  of  the  contingent  consideration  liability  for 
Caber Engineering Inc. ("Caber"). Our assessment of the Caber liability included a review of the status of on-going projects in 
Caber's backlog and the inventory of prospective new contract awards. We also considered the status of the upstream oil and 
gas  industry  in  Western  Canada,  particularly  in  light  of  the  recent  decline  in  oil  prices. As  a  result  of  this  assessment,  we 
concluded that Caber's operating income in the second year post-acquisition would be lower than our original estimate at the 
acquisition  date  and  our  subsequent  estimates  through  fiscal  2014. We  also  concluded  that  Caber's  operating  income  for  the 
second  earn-out  period,  which  ended  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2015,  would  be  lower  than  the  minimum  requirement  of 
C$4.6 million  to  earn  any  contingent  consideration. Accordingly,  in  fiscal  2015,  we  reduced  the  Caber  contingent  earn-out 
liability  to $0, which resulted in a gain of $3.1 million. When we determined that Caber's operating income would be lower 
than  our  original  estimate  at  the  acquisition  date,  we  also  evaluated  the  related  goodwill  for  potential  impairment.  We
determined  that  the  lower  income  projections  were  the  result  of  temporary  events,  and  did  not  negatively  impact  Caber's 
longer-term performance or result in a goodwill impairment.

Fiscal 2015 Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2015,  the  mining  sector  continued  to  contract  in  response  to  lower  global  growth 
expectations  driven  in  large  part  by  China's  actual  and  projected  slower  economic  growth.  Consistent  with  this  trend,  our 
mining  customers  continued  their curtailment  of  capital  spending  for  new  mining  projects. As  a  result,  our  Global  Mining 
Practice  ("GMP")  reporting  unit  experienced  a  25%  decline  in  revenue  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2015  compared  to  the 
same  period  of  fiscal  2014.  This  negative  trend  was  compared  to  the  expected  revenue  growth  of  approximately  3%  in  the 
previous goodwill impairment test, performed as of June 30, 2014. Because of these results, we performed a strategic review of 
GMP in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, and determined that our mining activities would likely decline further in fiscal 2016, 
and that revenue and profits would not return to acceptable levels of performance in the foreseeable future. We also decided to 
redeploy our mining resources into other operational areas that have better growth and profitability prospects. Consequently, as 
of the first day of fiscal 2016, GMP was no longer a reporting unit. We considered GMP's financial performance and prospects 
in  our  goodwill  impairment  analysis  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2015  and  determined  that  GMP's  fair  value  had  fallen 
significantly below its carrying value, including goodwill. As required, we performed further analysis to measure the amount of 
the  impairment  loss  and,  as  a  result,  we  wrote-off  all  of  GMP's goodwill  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  and  recorded  a 
related impairment charge of $60.8 million ($57.3 million after-tax) in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015. The related goodwill 
and  identifiable  intangible  assets  that  were  determined  not  to  be  recoverable  totaled  $58.1 million  and  $2.7 million, 
respectively. We had no goodwill impairment in fiscal 2016.

51

Segment Results of Operations

Water, Environment and Infrastructure (WEI)

Revenue
Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Operating income

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2, 
2016

September 27, 
2015

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$

$

$

1,028,281 $
(274,826)

993,631 $
(230,355)

34,650
(44,471)

753,455 $

763,276 $

(9,821)

3.5%
(19.3)

(1.3)

95,996 $

93,142 $

2,854

3.1

Revenue  increased  3.5%  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  decreased  1.3%  in  fiscal  2016  compared  to  fiscal 
2015. On a constant currency basis, revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased 5.0% and 0.5%, respectively, in 
fiscal  2016  compared  to  last  year. As  described  above,  foreign  exchange  rate  fluctuations  negatively  impacted  revenue  and 
revenue, net of subcontractor costs, in the amounts of $15.3 million and $14.0 million, respectively, for fiscal 2016 compared to 
last  year.  The  increases  in  revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  resulted  primarily  from  increased  U.S.  federal 
activity and additional work on infrastructure projects for U.S. state and local government clients.

Operating income increased $2.9 million in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. Operating margin, based on revenue, 
net  of  subcontractor  costs,  improved  to  12.7%  in  fiscal  2016  from  12.2%  last  year.  This  improved  profitability  primarily 
reflects the full-year benefit in fiscal 2016 of measures taken throughout last year to improve operational efficiency, primarily 
in  our  Canadian  operations.  These  actions  included  the  right-sizing  of  general  and  administrative  staff  and  real  estate 
consolidations.

Resource Management and Energy (RME)

Revenue
Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Operating income

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2, 
2016

September 27, 
2015

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$

$

$

1,569,702 $
(411,219)

1,282,046 $
(349,882)

287,656
(61,337)

1,158,483 $

932,164 $

226,319

112,202 $

93,359 $

18,843

22.4%
(17.5)

24.3

20.2

Revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased 22.4% and 24.3%, respectively, in fiscal 2016 compared to 
fiscal  2015.  On  a  constant  currency  basis,  revenue  and  revenue,  net  of  subcontractor  costs,  increased  24.5% and  26.8%, 
respectively,  in  fiscal  2016,  compared  to  last  year.  As  in  the  WEI  segment,  foreign  exchange  rate  fluctuations  negatively 
impacted revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs in the amounts of $26.4 million and $23.7 million, respectively, in 
fiscal  2016  compared  to  last  year. The  increases  are  primarily  due  to  Coffey  contributions  of  $302.9 million  of  revenue  and 
$220.6 million  of  revenue, net  of  subcontractor  costs  in fiscal  2016  since  the  acquisition  date. On  a  constant  currency basis, 
excluding the Coffey contribution, our revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, increased 0.9% and 3.2%, respectively, 
in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. The increases primarily reflect higher waste management and international development
revenue.

Operating  income  increased  $18.8 million  ($21.1 million  on  a  constant  currency  basis)  in  fiscal  2016  compared  to 
fiscal 2015. Coffey contributed operating income of $12.5 million in fiscal 2016 since the acquisition date. The $6.3 million 
increase  in  operating  income,  excluding  Coffey,  in  fiscal  2016  reflects  the  higher  waste  management  and  international 
development revenue.

52

Remediation and Construction Management (RCM)

Revenue
Subcontractor costs

Revenue, net of subcontractor costs

Operating loss

Fiscal Year Ended

October 2, 
2016

September 27, 
2015

Change

$

%

($ in thousands)

$

$

$

52,150 $
(34,883)

17,267 $

86,575 $
(63,300)

(34,425)
28,417

(39.8)%
44.9

23,275 $

(6,008)

(25.8)

(11,834) $

(8,614) $

(3,220)

(37.4)

Revenue and revenue, net of subcontractor costs, decreased $34.4 million and $6.0 million, respectively, in fiscal 2016 
compared  to  fiscal  2015.  These  decreases  resulted  from  our  decision  to  wind-down  the  RCM  construction  activities.  The 
operating loss in fiscal 2016 resulted from adverse changes in the estimated costs to complete several of the remaining projects 
and  legal  expenses  to resolve  various outstanding project claims.  In  addition,  the fiscal  2016  operating  loss of $11.8 million 
includes $7.9 million of losses related to uncollectible accounts receivable, including claims. This loss was partially offset by a 
gain of $4.6 million from the settlement of a claim with a U.S. federal government client for work completed in fiscal 2013. 
The remaining RCM backlog at the end of fiscal 2016 was $26 million. The related work to be performed in this segment will 
be substantially completed in calendar 2017.

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Capital  Requirements.  Our  primary  sources  of  liquidity  are  cash  flows  from  operations  and  borrowings  under  our 
credit facilities. Our primary uses of cash are to fund working capital, capital expenditures, stock repurchases, cash dividends 
and  repayment  of  debt,  as  well  as  to  fund  acquisitions  and  earn-out  obligations  from  prior  acquisitions. We  believe  that  our 
existing  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  operating  cash  flows  and  borrowing  capacity  under  our  credit  agreement,  as  described 
below, will be sufficient to meet our capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. On November 7, 2016, the Board of 
Directors authorized a stock repurchase program under which we could repurchase up to $200 million of our common stock, of 
which $100 million has been repurchased as of October 1, 2017. During fiscal 2017, we declared and paid dividends totaling 
$0.38 per share ($0.09 for the first and second quarters and $0.10 for the third and fourth quarters) of our common stock. In
fiscal  2016,  we  paid  dividends  totaling  $0.34  per  share ($0.08  for  the  first  and  second  quarters,  and  $0.09  for  the  third  and 
fourth quarters) of our common stock.

Subsequent Event. On November 6, 2017, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.10 per share 

payable on December 15, 2017 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 30, 2017.

We use a variety of tax planning and financing strategies to manage our worldwide cash and deploy funds to locations 
where they are needed. We also indefinitely reinvest our foreign earnings, and our current plans do not demonstrate a need to 
repatriate these earnings. If we were to repatriate these foreign funds, we would be required to accrue and pay additional U.S. 
taxes less applicable foreign tax credits.

As of October 1, 2017, cash and cash equivalents were $190.0 million, an increase of $29.5 million compared to the 
fiscal 2016 year-end. The increase was due to cash generated from operating activities and net borrowings, partially offset by 
cash used for capital expenditures, business acquisitions, share repurchases and dividends.

Operating  Activities.    For  fiscal  2017,  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was  $138.0  million  compared  to 
$142.0  million  in  fiscal  2016.  The  fiscal  2017  amount  was  lowered  by  payments  to  tax  authorities  related  to  completed 
examinations  totaling $21.5 million, which  was  accrued  in prior  years.   Cash provided by  operating  activities  in  fiscal  2016 
included $30.5 million in acquisition and integration expenses related to Coffey.  Excluding these items, net cash provided by 
operating activities decreased $13.0 million in fiscal 2017 compared to last year primarily due to the timing of collections from 
projects with milestone payment schedules.

53

Investing  Activities.    Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  was  $17.0  million  in  fiscal  2017,  a  decrease  of  $77.1 

million compared to the prior-year period, primarily due to the acquisitions of Coffey and INDUS in fiscal 2016.

Financing  Activities.    For  fiscal  2017,  net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  was  $94.8  million,  which  primarily 
reflected stock repurchases of $100.0 million, partially offset by net borrowings of $9.7 million. For fiscal 2016, net cash used 
in financing activities was $25.4 million, which primarily reflected stock repurchases of $99.5 million, partially offset by net 
borrowings of $80.5 million.

Debt  Financing.  On  May  7,  2013,  we  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  that  provided  for  a  $205  million  term  loan 
facility and a $460 million revolving credit facility that was scheduled to mature in May 2018. On May 29, 2015, we entered 
into a third amendment to our credit agreement (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”) that extended the maturity date for these
facilities to May 2020. The Credit Agreement is a $654.8 million senior secured, five-year facility that provides for a $194.8 
million  term  loan  facility  (the  “Term  Loan  Facility”)  and  a  $460  million  revolving  credit  facility  (the  “Revolving  Credit 
Facility”). The Credit Agreement allows us to, among other things, finance certain permitted open market repurchases of our 
common stock, make permitted acquisitions, and pay cash dividends and distributions. The Revolving Credit Facility includes a
$150  million  sublimit  for  the  issuance  of  standby  letters  of  credit,  a  $20  million  sublimit for  swingline  loans,  and  a  $150 
million sublimit for multicurrency borrowings. The interest rate provisions of the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit 
Facility did not materially change.

The Term  Loan  Facility  is  subject  to  quarterly  amortization of  principal,  with  $10.3  million  payable  in  year  1,  and 
$15.4 million payable in years 2 through 5. The Term Loan may be prepaid at any time without penalty. We may borrow on the 
Revolving Credit Facility, at our option, at either (a) a Eurocurrency rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.15% to 2.00% per 
annum, or (b) a base rate for loans in U.S. dollars (the highest of the U.S. federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, the bank’s 
prime rate or the Eurocurrency rate plus 1.00%) plus a margin that ranges from 0.15% to 1.00% per annum. In each case, the 
applicable margin is based on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio, calculated quarterly. The Term Loan Facility is subject to the
same  interest  rate  provisions.  The  interest  rate  of  the  Term  Loan  Facility  at  the  date  of  inception  was  1.57%.  The  Credit 
Agreement expires on May 29, 2020, or earlier at our discretion, upon payment in full of loans and other obligations.

As  of  October 1,  2017,  we  had  $356.4  million  in  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  Credit Agreement,  which  was 
comprised of $161.4 million under the Term Loan Facility and $195 million under the Revolving Credit Facility at a weighted-
average  interest  rate  of  2.45%  per  annum.  In  addition,  we  had  $0.9  million  in  standby  letters  of  credit  under  the  Credit 
Agreement.  Our  average  effective  weighted-average  interest  rate  on  borrowings  outstanding  at  October 1,  2017  under  the 
Credit  Agreement,  including  the  effects  of  interest  rate  swap  agreements  described  in  Note  14,  “Derivative  Financial 
Instruments”  of  the  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements”,  was  2.65%. At  October 1,  2017,  we  had  $264  million  of 
available credit under the Revolving Credit Facility, all of which could be borrowed without a violation of our debt covenants. 
In  addition,  we  entered  into  agreements  with  four  banks  to  issue  standby  letters  of  credit. The  aggregate  amount  of  standby 
letters  of  credit  outstanding  under  these  additional  agreements  and  other  bank  guarantees  was  $23.9  million,  of  which  $4.9 
million was issued in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

The  Credit Agreement  contains  certain  affirmative  and  restrictive  covenants,  and  customary  events  of  default.  The 
financial  covenants  provide  for  a  maximum  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  of  3.00  to  1.00  (total  funded  debt/EBITDA,  as 
defined  in  the  Credit Agreement)  and  a  minimum  Consolidated  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio  of  1.25  to  1.00  (EBITDA,  as 
defined  in  the Credit Agreement  minus  capital  expenditures/cash  interest plus  taxes  plus  principal  payments  of  indebtedness 
including capital leases, notes and post-acquisition payments).

At  October 1, 2017, we were  in  compliance  with  these  covenants with  a  consolidated  leverage ratio of 1.62x  and  a 
consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.27x. Our obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of our 
subsidiaries  and  are  secured  by  first  priority  liens  on  (i)  the  equity  interests  of  certain  of  our  subsidiaries,  including  those 
subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers under the Credit Agreement, and (ii) our accounts receivable, general intangibles 
and intercompany loans, and those of our subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers.

54

At  the  time  of  acquisition,  Coffey  had  an  existing  secured  credit  facility  with  a  bank,  comprised  of  an  overdraft 
facility, a term facility and a bank guaranty facility. The facility was amended to provide for a secured AUD$30 million facility, 
which was used by Coffey for bank overdrafts, short-term cash advances or bank guarantees. This facility expired on April 5, 
2017, and prior to its expiration, a new facility was entered into with a new bank to provide for an AUD$30 million facility, 
which may be used by Coffey for bank overdrafts, short-term cash advances or bank guarantees. This facility expires in March 
2019 and is secured by a parent guarantee. At October 1, 2017, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility; there 
are bank guarantees outstanding of $5.6 million, which were issued in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

Inflation.    We believe our operations have not been, and, in the foreseeable future, are not expected to be, materially 
adversely affected by inflation or changing prices due to the average duration of our projects and our ability to negotiate prices 
as contracts end and new contracts begin.

Dividends.    Our Board of Directors has authorized the following dividends:

November 7, 2016
January 30, 2017
May 1, 2017
July 31, 2017
November 6, 2017

Dividend 
Per Share

Record Date

Total 
Maximum
Payment

Payment Date

(in thousands, except per share data)

$
$
$
$
$

December 1, 2016
February 17, 2017
May 18, 2017
August 17, 2017

0.09
0.09
0.10
0.10
0.10 November 30, 2017

$
$
$
$

5,144 December 14, 2016
5,157
5,738
5,633

March 3, 2017
June 2, 2017
September 1, 2017
N/A December 15, 2017

Contractual Obligations.    The following sets forth our contractual obligations at October 1, 2017:

Total

Year 1

Years 2 - 3
(in thousands)

Years 4 - 5

Beyond

Debt:

Credit facility
Other debt
Interest (1)
Capital leases
Operating leases (2)
Contingent earn-outs (3)
Deferred compensation liability
Unrecognized tax benefits (4)

$

356,436 $
68
10,015
369
254,165
2,438
25,176
9,337

15,374 $
58
4,151
158
77,854
2,024
—
6,458

341,062 $
10
5,864
211

108,539

414
—
2,879

— $
—
—
—
46,002
—
—
—

Total

$

658,004 $

106,077 $

458,979 $

46,002 $

—
—
—
—
21,770
—
25,176
—

46,946

(1)

(2)

Interest primarily related to the Term Loan Facility is based on a weighted-average interest rate at October 1, 2017, on borrowings that 
are presently outstanding.
Predominantly represents real estate leases.

(3) Represents the estimated fair value recorded for contingent earn-out obligations for acquisitions. The remaining maximum contingent 

earn-out obligations for these acquisitions total $8.9 million.

(4) Represents liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions, excluding amounts related primarily to outstanding 
refund  claims.  We  are  unable  to  reasonably  predict  the  timing  of  tax  settlements,  as  tax  audits  can  involve  complex  issues  and  the 
resolution of those issues may span multiple years, particularly if subject to negotiation or litigation. For more information, see Note 8, 
"Income Taxes" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8.

55

Income Taxes

We evaluate the realizability of our deferred tax assets by assessing the valuation allowance and adjust the allowance, 
if necessary. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are our forecast of future taxable income and available tax 
planning  strategies  that  could  be  implemented  to  realize  the  net  deferred  tax  assets.  The  ability  or  failure  to  achieve  the 
forecasted  taxable  income  in  the  applicable  taxing  jurisdictions  could  affect  the  ultimate  realization  of  deferred  tax  assets. 
Based on future operating results in certain jurisdictions, it is possible that the current valuation allowance positions of those 
jurisdictions could be adjusted in the next 12 months.

As of October 1, 2017 and October 2, 2016, the liability for income taxes associated with uncertain tax positions was 
$6.0 million and $13.3 million, respectively. The net decrease in the liability during fiscal 2017 was primarily attributable to 
activity related to examinations conducted by various taxing authorities.

It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized benefit with respect to certain of our unrecognized tax 

positions may significantly decrease within the next 12 months. These changes would be the result of ongoing examinations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the ordinary course of business, we may use off-balance sheet arrangements if we believe that such arrangements 
would be an efficient way to lower our cost of capital or help us manage the overall risks of our business operations. We do not 
believe that such arrangements have had a material adverse effect on our financial position or our results of operations.

The following is a summary of our off-balance sheet arrangements:

•

•

•

Letters  of  credit  and  bank  guarantees  are  used  primarily  to  support  project  performance  and  insurance 
programs. We are required to reimburse the issuers of letters of credit and bank guarantees for any payments 
they make under the outstanding letters of credit or bank guarantees. Our Credit Agreement and additional letter 
of credit facilities cover the issuance of our standby letters of credit and bank guarantees and are critical for our 
normal operations. If we default on the Credit Agreement or additional credit facilities, our inability to issue or 
renew standby letters of credit and bank guarantees would impair our ability to maintain normal operations. At 
October 1, 2017, we had $0.9 million in standby letters of credit outstanding under our Credit Agreement, $23.9 
million in standby letters of credit outstanding under our additional letter of credit facilities and $5.6 million of 
bank guarantees under the existing Coffey facility.

From time to time, we provide guarantees and indemnifications related to our services. If our services under a 
guaranteed or indemnified project  are  later determined to have  resulted  in  a  material  defect  or other material 
deficiency,  then  we  may  be  responsible  for  monetary  damages  or  other  legal  remedies.  When  sufficient 
information  about  claims  on  guaranteed  or  indemnified  projects  is  available  and  monetary  damages  or  other 
costs or losses are determined to be probable, we recognize such guaranteed losses.

In  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  we  enter  into  various  agreements  as  part  of  certain  unconsolidated 
subsidiaries, joint ventures, and other jointly executed contracts where we are jointly and severally liable. We 
enter  into  these  agreements  primarily  to  support  the  project  execution  commitments  of  these  entities.  The 
potential payment amount of an outstanding performance guarantee is typically the remaining cost of work to 
be performed by or on behalf of third parties under engineering and construction contracts. However, we are not 
able  to  estimate  other  amounts  that  may  be  required  to  be  paid  in  excess  of  estimated  costs  to  complete 
contracts and, accordingly, the total potential payment amount under our outstanding performance guarantees 
cannot  be  estimated.  For  cost-plus  contracts,  amounts  that  may  become  payable  pursuant  to  guarantee 
provisions are normally recoverable from the client for work performed under the contract. For lump sum or 
fixed-price  contracts,  this  amount  is  the  cost  to  complete  the  contracted  work  less  amounts  remaining  to  be 
billed  to  the  client  under  the  contract.  Remaining  billable  amounts  could  be  greater  or  less  than  the  cost  to 
complete. In those cases where costs exceed the remaining amounts payable under the contract, we may have 
recourse to third parties, such as owners, co-venturers, subcontractors or vendors, for claims.

56

•

In  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  our  clients  may  request  that  we  obtain  surety  bonds  in  connection  with 
contract performance obligations that are not required to be recorded in our consolidated balance sheets. We are 
obligated  to  reimburse  the  issuer  of  our  surety  bonds  for  any  payments  made  thereunder.  Each  of  our
commitments  under  performance  bonds  generally  ends  concurrently  with  the  expiration  of  our  related 
contractual obligation.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The  preparation  of  our  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  U.S. GAAP  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions  in  the  application  of  certain  accounting  policies  that  affect  amounts  reported  in  our  consolidated  financial 
statements and accompanying footnotes included in Item 8 of this report. In order to understand better the changes that may 
occur to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, readers should be aware of the critical accounting policies 
we apply and estimates we use in preparing our consolidated financial statements. Although such estimates and assumptions are 
based on management's best knowledge of current events and actions we may undertake in the future, actual results could differ
materially from those estimates.

Our  significant  accounting  policies  are  described  in  the  "Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements"  included  in 
Item 8. Highlighted below are the accounting policies that management considers most critical to investors' understanding of 
our financial results and condition, and that require complex judgments by management.

Revenue Recognition and Contract Costs

We  recognize  revenue  for  most  of  our  contracts  using  the  percentage-of-completion  method,  primarily  based  on 
contract  costs  incurred  to  date  compared  to  total  estimated  contract  costs.  We  generally  utilize  the  cost-to-cost  approach  to 
estimate the progress towards completion in order to determine the amount of revenue and profit to recognize. This method of 
revenue  recognition  requires  us  to  prepare  estimates  of  costs  to  complete  contracts  in  progress.  In  making  such  estimates, 
judgments  are  required  to  evaluate  contingencies  such  as  potential  variances  in  schedule;  the  cost  of  materials  and  labor 
productivity; and the impact of change orders, liability claims, contract disputes and achievement of contractual performance 
standards. Changes in total estimated contract cost and losses, if any, could materially impact our financial condition, results of 
operations or cash flows.

We recognize revenue for work performed under three major types of contracts: fixed-price, time-and-materials and 

cost-plus.

Fixed-Price.    Under  fixed-price  contracts,  our  clients  pay  us  an  agreed  fixed-amount  negotiated  in  advance  for  a 
specified scope of work. We generally recognize revenue on fixed-price contracts using the percentage-of-completion method. 
If the nature or circumstances of the contract prevent us from preparing a reliable estimate at completion, we will delay profit 
recognition until adequate information about the contract's progress becomes available.

Time-and-Materials.    Under  time-and-materials  contracts,  we  negotiate  hourly  billing  rates  and  charge  our  clients 
based  on  the  actual  time  that  we  spend  on  a  project.  In  addition,  clients  reimburse  us  for  our  actual  out-of-pocket  costs  of 
materials  and  other  direct  incidental  expenditures  that  we  incur  in  connection  with  our  performance  under  the  contract. The 
majority  of  our  time-and-material  contracts  are  subject  to  maximum  contract  values  and,  accordingly,  revenue  under  these 
contracts is generally recognized under the percentage-of-completion method. However, time and materials contracts that are 
service-related  contracts  are  accounted  for utilizing  the  proportional  performance  method.  Revenue  on  contracts  that  are  not 
subject to maximum contract values is recognized based on the actual number of hours we spend on the projects plus any actual 
out-of-pocket costs of materials and other direct incidental expenditures that we incur on the projects. Our time-and-materials 
contracts also generally include annual billing rate adjustment provisions.

Cost-Plus.    Under  cost-plus  contracts,  we  are  reimbursed  for  allowable  or  otherwise  defined  costs  incurred  plus  a 
negotiated  fee.  The  contracts  may  also  include  incentives  for  various  performance  criteria,  including  quality,  timeliness, 
ingenuity, safety and cost-effectiveness. In addition, our costs are generally subject to review by our clients and regulatory audit 
agencies, and such reviews could result in costs being disputed as non-reimbursable under the terms of the contract. Revenue 
for cost-plus contracts is recognized at the time services are performed. Revenue is not recognized for non-recoverable costs. 
Performance incentives are included in our estimates of revenue when their realization is reasonably assured.

57

If estimated total costs on any contract indicate a loss, we recognize the entire estimated loss in the period the loss 
becomes  known.  The  cumulative  effect  of  revisions  to  revenue,  estimated  costs  to  complete  contracts,  including  penalties, 
incentive  awards,  change  orders,  claims,  anticipated  losses  and  others  are  recorded  in  the  period  in  which  the  revisions  are 
identified and the loss can be reasonably estimated. Such revisions could occur in any reporting period and the effects may be
material depending on the size of the project or the adjustment.

Once contract performance is underway, we may experience changes in conditions, client requirements, specifications, 
designs,  materials  and  expectations  regarding  the  period  of  performance.  Such  changes  are  "change  orders"  and  may  be 
initiated by us or by our clients. In many cases, agreement with the client as to the terms of change orders is reached prior to 
work commencing; however, sometimes circumstances require that work progress without obtaining client agreement. Revenue 
related to change orders is recognized as costs are incurred. Change orders that are unapproved as to both price and scope are
evaluated as claims.

Claims are amounts in excess of agreed contract prices that we seek to collect from our clients or other third parties for 
delays, errors in specifications and designs, contract terminations, change orders in dispute or unapproved as to both scope and 
price or other causes of unanticipated additional costs. Revenue on claims is recognized only to the extent that contract costs 
related to the claims have been incurred and when it is probable that the claim will result in a bona fide addition to contract 
value that can be reliably estimated. No profit is recognized on a claim until final settlement occurs. This can lead to a situation 
in  which  costs  are  recognized  in  one  period  and  revenue  is  recognized  in  a  subsequent  period  when  a  client  agreement  is 
obtained or a claim resolution occurs.

Insurance Matters, Litigation and Contingencies

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  are  subject  to  certain  contractual  guarantees  and  litigation.  Generally,  such 
guarantees  relate  to  project  schedules  and  performance.  Most  of  the  litigation  involves  us  as  a  defendant  in  contractual 
disagreements, workers' compensation, personal injury and other similar lawsuits. We maintain insurance coverage for various 
aspects of our business and operations. However, we have elected to retain a portion of losses that may occur through the use of 
various deductibles, limits and retentions under our insurance programs. This practice may subject us to some future liability 
for which we are only partially insured or are completely uninsured.

We record in our consolidated balance sheets amounts representing our estimated liability for self-insurance claims. 
We utilize actuarial analyses to assist in determining the level of accrued liabilities to establish for our employee medical and 
workers'  compensation  self-insurance  claims  that  are known  and have been  asserted  against us,  as well  as  for  self-insurance 
claims  that  are  believed  to  have  been  incurred  based  on  actuarial  analyses  but  have  not  yet  been  reported  to  our  claims 
administrators at the balance sheet date. We include any adjustments to such insurance reserves in our consolidated statements 
of income.

Except  as  described  in  Note 17,  "Commitments  and  Contingencies"  of  the  "Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements" included in Item 8, we do not have any litigation or other contingencies that have had, or are currently anticipated 
to have, a material impact on our results of operations or financial position. As additional information about current or future
litigation or other contingencies becomes available, management will assess whether such information warrants the recording 
of additional expenses relating to those contingencies. Such additional expenses could potentially have a material impact on our 
results of operations and financial position.

Stock-Based Compensation

Our  stock-based  compensation  plans  include  stock  options,  restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units  ("RSUs"), 
performance  share  units  ("PSUs"),  and  an  employee  stock  purchase  plan  for  our  eligible  employees  and  outside  directors. 
Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense 
over the requisite service period. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires management to 
make  assumptions  and  apply judgment  to  determine  the fair value of  our  awards. These  assumptions and  judgments  include 
future  employee  turnover  rates,  along  with  estimating  the  future  volatility  of  our  stock  price,  future  stock  option  exercise 
behaviors and, for performance-based awards, the achievement of company performance goals. Our stock-based compensation 
expense was $13.5 million, $13.0 million and $10.9 million for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

58

Goodwill and Intangibles

The cost of an acquired company is assigned to the tangible and intangible assets purchased and the liabilities assumed 
on  the  basis  of  their  fair  values  at  the  date  of  acquisition. The  determination  of  fair  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  acquired 
requires  us  to  make  estimates  and  use  valuation  techniques  when  a  market  value  is  not  readily  available.  Any  excess  of
purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired  is  allocated  to  goodwill.  Goodwill  typically
represents the value paid for the assembled workforce and enhancement of our service offerings.

Identifiable  intangible  assets  include  backlog,  non-compete  agreements,  client  relations,  trade  names,  patents  and 
other assets. The costs of these intangible assets are amortized over their contractual or economic lives, which range from one 
to ten years. We assess the recoverability of the unamortized balance of our intangible assets when indicators of impairment are 
present  based  on  expected  future  profitability  and  undiscounted  expected  cash  flows  and  their  contribution  to  our  overall 
operations. Should the review indicate that the carrying value is not fully recoverable, the excess of the carrying value over the 
fair value of the intangible assets would be recognized as an impairment loss.

We  perform  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  review  at  the  beginning  of  our  fiscal  fourth  quarter.  In  addition,  we 
regularly  evaluate  whether  events  and  circumstances  have  occurred  that may  indicate  a  potential change  in recoverability  of 
goodwill. We perform  interim  goodwill  impairment  reviews between our  annual reviews  if  certain events and  circumstances 
have  occurred,  including  a  deterioration  in  general  economic  conditions,  an  increased  competitive  environment,  a  change  in 
management, key personnel, strategy or customers, negative or declining cash flows, or a decline in actual or planned revenue
or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods (see Note 6, "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" 
of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 8 for further discussion).

We believe the methodology that we use to review impairment of goodwill, which includes a significant amount of 
judgment and estimates, provides us with a reasonable basis to determine whether impairment has occurred. However, many of 
the factors employed in determining whether our goodwill is impaired are outside of our control and it is reasonably likely that 
assumptions and estimates will change in future periods. These changes could result in future impairments.

The goodwill impairment review involves the determination of the fair value of our reporting units, which for us are 
the components one level below our reportable segments. This process requires us to make significant judgments and estimates,
including assumptions about our strategic plans with regard to our operations as well as the interpretation of current economic 
indicators and market valuations. Furthermore, the development of the present value of future cash flow projections includes 
assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our expected revenue growth rates, profit margins, business plans, cost of 
capital  and  tax  rates.  We  also  make  certain  assumptions  about  future  market  conditions,  market  prices,  interest  rates  and 
changes in business strategies. Changes in assumptions or estimates could materially affect the determination of the fair value 
of a reporting unit. This could eliminate the excess of fair value over carrying value of a reporting unit entirely and, in some 
cases,  result  in  impairment.  Such  changes  in  assumptions  could  be  caused  by  a  loss  of  one  or  more  significant contracts, 
reductions in government or commercial client spending, or a decline in the demand for our services due to changing economic 
conditions. In the event that we determine that our goodwill is impaired, we would be required to record a non-cash charge that 
could result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position.

We use two methods to determine the fair value of our reporting units: (i) the Income Approach and (ii) the Market 
Approach. While  each  of  these  approaches is initially  considered  in  the valuation of the  business  enterprises,  the nature  and 
characteristics of the reporting units indicate which approach is most applicable. The Income Approach utilizes the discounted
cash  flow  method,  which  focuses  on  the  expected  cash  flow  of  the  reporting  unit.  In  applying  this  approach,  the  cash  flow 
available for distribution is calculated for a finite period of years. Cash flow available for distribution is defined, for purposes 
of  this  analysis,  as  the  amount  of  cash  that  could  be  distributed  as  a  dividend  without  impairing  the  future  profitability  or 
operations of the reporting unit. The cash flow available for distribution and the terminal value (the value of the reporting unit 
at  the  end of  the  estimation  period)  are  then discounted  to present  value  to  derive  an indication of  the value of  the  business 
enterprise.  The  Market Approach  is  comprised  of  the  guideline  company  method  and  the  similar  transactions  method.  The 

59

guideline company method focuses on comparing the reporting unit to select reasonably similar (or "guideline") publicly traded 
companies.  Under  this  method,  valuation  multiples  are  (i) derived  from  the  operating  data  of  selected  guideline  companies; 
(ii) evaluated  and  adjusted  based  on  the  strengths  and  weaknesses  of  the  reporting  units  relative  to  the  selected  guideline 
companies;  and  (iii) applied  to  the  operating  data  of  the  reporting  unit  to  arrive  at  an  indication  of  value.  In  the  similar 
transactions  method,  consideration  is  given  to  prices  paid  in  recent  transactions  that  have  occurred  in  the  reporting  unit's 
industry  or  in  related  industries.  For  our  annual  impairment  analysis,  we  weighted  the  Income  Approach  and  the  Market 
Approach  at  70%  and  30%,  respectively.  The  Income  Approach  was  given  a  higher  weight  because  it  has  the  most  direct 
correlation to the specific economics of the reporting unit, as compared to the Market Approach, which is based on multiples of 
broad-based (i.e., less comparable) companies. Our last review at July 3, 2017 (i.e. the first day of our fourth quarter in fiscal 
2017), indicated that we had no impairment of goodwill, and all of our reporting units had estimated fair values that were in
excess of their carrying values, including goodwill. We had no reporting units that had estimated fair values that exceeded their 
carrying values by less than 20%.

Contingent Consideration.    Certain of our acquisition agreements include contingent earn-out arrangements, which 
are generally based on the achievement of future operating income thresholds. The contingent earn-out arrangements are based 
upon  our  valuations  of  the  acquired  companies  and  reduce  the  risk  of  overpaying  for  acquisitions  if  the  projected  financial 
results are not achieved.

The fair values of these earn-out arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on 
their respective acquisition dates. For each transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the 
initial  purchase  price  and  record  the  estimated  fair value  of  contingent  consideration  as  a  liability  in  "Estimated  contingent 
earn-out liabilities" and "Long-term estimated contingent earn-out liabilities" on the consolidated balance sheets. We consider 
several  factors  when  determining  that  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  are  part  of  the  purchase  price,  including  the  following: 
(1) the  valuation  of  our  acquisitions  is  not  supported  solely  by  the  initial  consideration  paid,  and  the  contingent  earn-out 
formula is a critical and material component of the valuation approach to determining the purchase price; and (2) the former 
shareholders  of  acquired  companies  that  remain  as  key  employees  receive  compensation  other  than  contingent  earn-out 
payments at a reasonable level compared with the compensation of our other key employees. The contingent earn-out payments 
are not affected by employment termination.

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified  within  Level 3  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy  (See  Note 2,  "Basis  of  Presentation  and  Preparation   –  Fair  Value  of 
Financial Instruments" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8). We use a probability weighted 
discounted income approach as a valuation technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. 
The  significant  unobservable  inputs  used  in  the  fair  value  measurements  are  operating  income  projections  over  the  earn-out 
period (generally two or three years), and the probability outcome percentages we assign to each scenario. Significant increases 
or decreases to either of these inputs in isolation would result in a significantly higher or lower liability with a higher liability 
capped  by  the  contractual  maximum  of  the  contingent  earn-out  obligation.  Ultimately,  the  liability  will  be  equivalent  to  the 
amount paid, and the difference between the fair value estimate and amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid
that  is  less  than  or  equal  to  the  liability  on  the  acquisition  date  is  reflected  as  cash  used  in  financing  activities  in  our 
consolidated statements of cash flows. Any amount paid in excess of the liability on the acquisition date is reflected as cash
used in operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair 
value could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities 
related to the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair 
value related to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in operating income.

60

Income Taxes

We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return and a combined California franchise tax return. In addition, we 
file  other  returns  that  are  required  in  the  states,  foreign  jurisdictions  and  other  jurisdictions  in  which  we  do  business.  We
account for certain income and expense items differently for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets 
and liabilities are computed for the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will 
result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the 
differences  are  expected  to  reverse.  In  determining  the  need  for  a  valuation  allowance  on  deferred  tax  assets,  management 
reviews both positive and negative evidence, including current and historical results of operations, future income projections 
and potential tax planning strategies. Based on our assessment, we have concluded that a portion of the deferred tax assets at 
October 1,  2017,  primarily  net  operating  losses  and  certain  foreign  intangibles,  will  not  be  realized,  and  we  have  reserved 
accordingly.

According  to  the  authoritative  guidance  on  accounting  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes,  we  may  recognize  the  tax 
benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by 
the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from 
such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon 
ultimate settlement. For more information related to our unrecognized tax benefits, see Note 8, "Income Taxes" of the "Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements" included in Item 8.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

For  a  discussion  of  recent  accounting  standards  and  the  effect  they  could  have  on  the  consolidated  financial 
statements, see Note 2, "Basis of Presentation and Preparation" of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" included in 
Item 8.

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We  do  not  enter  into  derivative  financial  instruments  for  trading  or  speculation  purposes.  In  the  normal  course  of 
business, we have exposure to both interest rate risk and foreign currency transaction and translation risk, primarily related to 
the Canadian and Australian dollar.

We are exposed to interest rate risk under our Credit Agreement. We can borrow, at our option, under both the Term 
Loan  Facility  and  Revolving  Credit  Facility. We  may  borrow  on  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  at  our  option,  at  either  (a)  a 
Eurocurrency rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.15% to 2.00% per annum, or (b) a base rate for loans in U.S. dollars (the 
highest of the U.S. federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, the bank’s prime rate or the Eurocurrency rate plus 1.00%) plus a
margin that ranges from 0.15% to 1.00% per annum. Borrowings at the base rate have no designated term and may be repaid 
without penalty any time prior to the Facility’s maturity date. Borrowings at a Eurodollar rate have a term no less than 30 days 
and no greater than 90 days. Typically, at the end of such term, such borrowings may be rolled over at our discretion into either 
a  borrowing  at  the  base  rate  or  a  borrowing  at  a  Eurodollar  rate  with  similar  terms,  not  to  exceed  the  maturity  date  of  the 
Facility.  The  Facility  matures  on  May  29,  2020.  At  October 1,  2017,  we  had  borrowings  outstanding  under  the  Credit 
Agreement of $356.4 million at a weighted-average interest rate of 2.45% per annum.

In fiscal 2013, we entered into three interest rate swap agreements with three banks to fix the variable interest rate on 
$153.8 million of our Term Loan Facility. In fiscal 2014, we entered into two interest rate swap agreements with two banks to 
fix  the  variable  interest  rate  on  $51.3  million  of  our  Term  Loan  Facility.  The  objective  of  these  interest  rate  swaps  was  to 
eliminate the variability of our cash flows on the amount of interest expense we pay under our Credit Agreement. Our average 
effective  interest  rate  on  borrowings  outstanding  under  the  Credit  Agreement,  including  the  effects  of  interest  rate  swap 
agreements,  at  October 1,  2017,  was  2.65%.  For  more  information,  see  Note  14,  “Derivative  Financial  Instruments”  of  the 
“Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Item 8. 

61

Most of our transactions are in U.S. dollars; however, some of our subsidiaries conduct business in foreign currencies, 
primarily the Canadian and Australian dollar. Therefore, we are subject to currency exposure and volatility because of currency
fluctuations.  We  attempt  to  minimize  our  exposure  to  these  fluctuations  by  matching  revenue  and  expenses  in  the  same 
currency  for our  contracts.  Foreign  currency  gains  and  losses  were  immaterial  for  both  fiscal  2017  and  fiscal  2016.  Foreign 
currency gains and losses are reported as part of “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in our consolidated statements 
of income. 

We have foreign currency exchange rate exposure in our results of operations and equity primarily as a result of the 
currency  translation  related  to  our  foreign  subsidiaries  where  the  local  currency  is  the  functional  currency. To  the  extent  the 
U.S. dollar strengthens against foreign currencies, the translation of these foreign currency denominated transactions will result 
in reduced revenue, operating expenses, assets and liabilities. Similarly, our revenue, operating expenses, assets and liabilities 
will  increase  if  the  U.S.  dollar  weakens  against  foreign  currencies.  For  fiscal  2017  and  2016,  26.7%  and  28.1%  of  our 
consolidated revenue, respectively, was generated by our international business. For fiscal 2017, the effect of foreign exchange 
rate translation on the consolidated balance sheets was an increase in equity of $29.5 million compared to an increase in equity 
of  $15.2  million  in  fiscal  2016.  These  amounts  were  recognized  as  an  adjustment  to  equity  through  other  comprehensive 
income. 

62

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets at October 1, 2017 and October 2, 2016

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended October 1, 2017, October 2, 2016 and September 27, 2015

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended October 1, 2017, October 2, 2016
and September 27, 2015
Consolidated Statements of Equity for the years ended October 1, 2017, October 2, 2016 and September 27, 2015

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended October 1, 2017, October 2, 2016 and September 27, 
2015
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves

Page

6(cid:23)

65

6(cid:25)

6(cid:26)

6(cid:27)

(cid:26)(cid:19)

(cid:26)(cid:20)

10(cid:24)

63

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Tetra Tech, Inc.:

In  our  opinion,  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  income, 
comprehensive  income  (loss),  equity  and  cash  flows  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  Tetra 
Tech, Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  as  of  October  1,  2017  and  October  2,  2016,  and  the  results  of  their  operations  and  their  cash 
flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  October  1,  2017  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America.  In  addition,  in  our  opinion,  the  financial  statement  schedule  listed  in  the 
accompanying index presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the 
related  consolidated  financial  statements.  Also  in  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as of October  1, 2017, based  on  criteria  established  in Internal  Control -  Integrated 
Framework (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  ("COSO").  The 
Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, 
included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, appearing under Item 9A of this Form 10-K. 
Our  responsibility  is  to  express  opinions  on  these  financial  statements,  on  the  financial  statement  schedule,  and  on  the 
Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with
the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and 
perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial 
statements  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements, 
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial 
statement  presentation.  Our audit of  internal  control over  financial  reporting  included obtaining  an understanding of  internal 
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and 
operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included  performing  such  other 
procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a  reasonable  basis  for  our 
opinions.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and 
procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions 
and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. 
Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Los Angeles, California
November 20, 2017

64

TETRA TECH, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except par value)

ASSETS

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable – net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Income taxes receivable

Total current assets
Property and equipment – net
Investments in and advances to unconsolidated joint ventures
Goodwill
Intangible assets – net
Deferred income taxes
Other long-term assets

$

189,975 $
788,767
49,969
13,312

1,042,023
56,835
2,700
740,886
26,688
1,763
31,850

160,459
714,336
46,262
14,371

935,428
67,827
2,064
717,988
48,962
630
27,880

Total assets

$

1,902,745 $

1,800,779

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation
Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts
Current portion of long-term debt
Current contingent earn-out liabilities
Other current liabilities

Total current liabilities

Deferred income taxes
Long-term debt
Long-term contingent earn-out liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)
Equity:

Preferred stock – Authorized, 2,000 shares of $0.01 par value; no shares issued and 
outstanding at October 1, 2017 and October 2, 2016
Common stock – Authorized, 150,000 shares of $0.01 par value; issued and outstanding, 
55,873 and 57,042 shares at October 1, 2017 and October 2, 2016, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Retained earnings

Tetra Tech stockholders' equity
Noncontrolling interests

Total equity
Total liabilities and equity

$

177,638 $
143,408
117,499
15,588
2,024
81,511

537,668
43,781
341,283
414
50,975

—

559

193,835
(98,500)
832,559

928,453
171

158,773
129,184
88,223
15,510
4,296
85,100

481,086
60,348
331,501
4,461
53,980

—

570

260,340
(128,008)
736,357

869,259
144

928,624
1,902,745 $

$

869,403
1,800,779

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

65

TETRA TECH, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Income
(in thousands, except per share data)

Revenue
Subcontractor costs
Other costs of revenue

Gross profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses
Acquisition and integration expenses
Contingent consideration – fair value adjustments
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

Operating income

Interest income
Interest expense

Income before income tax expense

Income tax expense

Net income including noncontrolling interests
Net income from noncontrolling interests

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Cash dividends paid per share

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

September 27, 
2015

$

2,753,360 $
(719,350)
(1,680,372)

2,583,469 $
(654,264)
(1,598,994)

2,299,321
(580,606)
(1,402,925)

353,638
(177,219)
—
6,923
—

183,342
729
(12,310)

171,761
(53,844)

117,917
(43)

330,211
(171,985)
(19,548)
(2,823)
—

135,855
996
(12,385)

124,466
(40,613)

83,853
(70)

$

$

$

$

117,874 $

83,783 $

2.07 $

2.04 $

1.44 $

1.42 $

56,911

57,913

58,186

58,966

0.38 $

0.34 $

315,790
(170,456)
—
3,113
(60,763)

87,684
680
(8,043)

80,321
(41,093)

39,228
(154)

39,074

0.64

0.64

60,913

61,532
0.30

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

66

TETRA TECH, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in thousands)

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

September 27, 
2015

Net income including noncontrolling interests
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Gain (loss) on cash flow hedge valuations

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

$

117,917 $
27,902
1,614

29,516

Comprehensive income (loss) including noncontrolling interests

147,433

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

(43)
(8)

(51)

83,853 $
14,392
774

15,166

99,019

(70)
(3)

(73)

39,228
(98,287)
(2,489)

(100,776)

(61,548)

(154)
143

(11)

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Tetra Tech

$

147,382 $

98,946 $

(61,559)

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

67

TETRA TECH, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Equity
Fiscal Years Ended September 27, 2015, October 2, 2016, and October 1, 2017
(in thousands)

Common Stock

Shares 

Amount

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Accumulated 
Other
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss)

Retained 
Earnings 

Total
Tetra Tech
Equity 

Non-Controlling 
Interests 

Total
Equity 

62,591 $

626 $

402,516 $

(42,538) $

651,475 $

1,012,079 $

977 $

1,013,056

39,074

39,074

154

39,228

(98,144)

(2,489)

(98,144)

(2,489)

(143)

(98,287)

(2,489)

(61,559)

11

(61,548)

(515)

(515)

(18,240)

(18,240)

10,926

8,990

5,203

(100,500)

(574)

(18,240)

10,926

8,990

5,203

(100,500)

(574)

510

243

(3,963)

10,926

8,985

5,200

5

3

(40)

(100,460)

(574)

59,381

594

326,593

(143,171)

672,309

856,325

473

856,798

83,783

83,783

14,389

774

98,946

(19,735)

(19,735)

12,964

15,823

4,707

(99,500)

14,389

774

68

70

3

83,853

14,392

774

73

99,019

(402)

(402)

(19,735)

12,964

15,823

4,707

(99,500)

920

209

(3,468)

9

2

(35)

12,964

15,814

4,705

(99,465)

BALANCE AT 
SEPTEMBER 28, 
2014
Comprehensive 
income, net of tax:

Net income

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments
Loss on cash flow 
hedge valuations

Comprehensive 
income (loss), net of 
tax

Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling 
interests
Cash dividend of 
$0.30 per common 
share
Stock-based 
compensation
Stock options 
exercised
Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan
Stock repurchases

Tax benefit for stock 
options

BALANCE AT 
SEPTEMBER 27, 
2015
Comprehensive 
income, net of tax:

Net income

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments
Gain on cash flow 
hedge valuations

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax

Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling 
interests
Cash dividends of 
$0.34 per common 
share
Stock-based 
compensation
Stock options 
exercised
Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan
Stock repurchases

Tax benefit for stock 
options

BALANCE AT 
OCTOBER 2, 2016
Comprehensive 
income, net of tax:

Net income

Foreign currency 
translation 
adjustments
Gain on cash flow 
hedge valuations

Comprehensive 
income, net of tax
Distributions paid to 
noncontrolling 
interests
Cash dividends of 
$0.38 per common 
share
Stock-based 
compensation 
Stock options 
exercised 
Shares issued for 
Employee Stock 
Purchase Plan
Stock repurchases

BALANCE AT 
OCTOBER 1, 2017

Common Stock

Shares 

Amount

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Accumulated 
Other
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss)

Retained 
Earnings 

Total
Tetra Tech
Equity 

Non-Controlling 
Interests 

Total
Equity 

(271)

(271)

(271)

57,042

570

260,340

(128,008)

736,357

869,259

144

869,403

27,894

1,614

117,874

117,874

27,894

1,614

147,382

13,450

907

10

15,084

190

(2,266)

2

(23)

4,938

(99,977)

(21,672)

(21,672)

13,450

15,094

4,940

(100,000)

43

8

117,917

27,902

1,614

51

147,433

(24)

(24)

(21,672)

13,450

15,094

4,940

(100,000)

55,873 $

559 $

193,835 $

(98,500) $

832,559 $

928,453 $

171 $

928,624

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

69

TETRA TECH, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income including noncontrolling interests

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization

Equity in income of unconsolidated joint ventures

Distributions of earnings from unconsolidated joint ventures

Stock-based compensation

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

Deferred income taxes

Provision (recovery) for doubtful accounts

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

Fair value adjustments to contingent consideration

Lease termination costs and related asset impairment

Gain on disposal of property and equipment

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of business acquisitions:

Accounts receivable

Prepaid expenses and other assets

Accounts payable

Accrued compensation

Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts

Other liabilities

Income taxes receivable/payable

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Capital expenditures

Payments for business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

Changes in restricted cash

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

Investments in unconsolidated joint ventures

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:
Payments on long-term debt

Proceeds from borrowings

Payments of contingent earn-out liabilities

Debt pre-payment costs

Distributions paid to noncontrolling interests

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

Repurchases of common stock

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

Dividends paid

Net cash used in financing activities

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Supplemental information:
Cash paid during the year for:

Interest

Income taxes, net of refunds of $2.1 million, $3.2 million and $5.4 million

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

September 27, 
2015

$

117,917 $

83,853 $

39,228

45,756

(4,699)

4,052

13,450

—

(9,957)

2,847

—

(6,923)

—

(103)

(64,781)

(8,317)

18,597

13,413

28,298

2,167

(13,725)

137,992

(9,741)

(8,039)

—

905

(85)

(16,960)

(233,865)

243,553

(1,319)

—

(24)

—

(100,000)

18,555

(21,672)

(94,772)

3,256
29,516

160,459

45,588

(1,652)

2,796

12,964

(918)

6,051

8,082

—

2,823

2,946

(537)

9,062

3,720

(3,002)

8,434

(13,874)

(19,321)

(4,995)

142,020

(11,945)

(81,259)

(2,519)

3,076

(1,368)

(94,015)

(148,485)

229,049

(3,251)

(1,935)

(402)

918

(99,500)

17,953

(19,735)

(25,388)

2,516
25,133

135,326

189,975 $

160,459 $

44,201

(5,131)

5,252

10,926

(172)

8,412

(1,034)

60,763

(3,113)

342

(6,014)

40,345

12,970

(26,901)

(7,676)

(10,319)

(7,143)

7,911

162,847

(24,296)

(11,680)

4,530

10,426

—

(21,020)

(75,459)

64,794

(3,199)

(1,457)

(515)

172

(100,500)

10,825

(18,240)

(123,579)

(5,301)
12,947

122,379

135,326

11,504 $

72,578 $

12,575 $

35,273 $

7,323

23,268

$

$

$

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

70

TETRA TECH, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.           Description of Business

We are a leading provider of consulting and engineering services that focuses on water, environment, infrastructure, 
resource management, energy, and international development. We are a global company that is renowned for our expertise in 
providing  water-related  services  for  public  and  private  clients.  We  typically  begin  at  the  earliest  stage  of  a  project  by 
identifying technical solutions and developing execution plans tailored to our clients' needs and resources. Our solutions may
span  the  entire  life  cycle  of  consulting  and  engineering  projects  and  include  applied  science,  data  analysis,  research, 
engineering, design, construction management, and operations and maintenance.

In fiscal 2017, we managed our operations under three reportable segments. We report our water resources, water and 
wastewater  treatment,  environment,  and  infrastructure  engineering  activities  in  the  Water,  Environment  and  Infrastructure 
("WEI")  reportable  segment.  Our  Resource  Management  and  Energy  ("RME")  reportable  segment  includes  our  oil  and  gas, 
energy, international development, waste management, remediation, and utilities services. In addition, we report the results of 
the wind-down of our non-core construction activities in the Remediation and Construction Management ("RCM") reportable 
segment.

2.           Basis of Presentation and Preparation 

Principles of Consolidation and Presentation.    The consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those 
of  joint  ventures  of  which  we  are  the  primary  beneficiary. All  significant  intercompany  balances  and  transactions  have  been 
eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal  Year.    We  report  results  of  operations  based  on  52  or  53-week  periods  ending  on  the  Sunday  nearest 

September 30. Fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 contained 52, 53 and 52 weeks, respectively.

Use  of  Estimates.    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP") requires us to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and 
assumptions  affect  the  amounts  reported  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes.  Although  such 
estimates and assumptions are based on management's best knowledge of current events and actions we may take in the future, 
actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition and Contract Costs.    We recognize revenue for most of our contracts using the percentage-of-
completion method, primarily based on contract costs incurred to date compared to total estimated contract costs. We generally
utilize the cost-to-cost approach to estimate the progress towards completion in order to determine the amount of revenue and 
profit to recognize. Revenue and cost estimates for each significant contract are reviewed and reassessed quarterly. Changes in
those estimates could result in recognition of cumulative catch-up adjustments to the contract's inception-to-date revenue, costs, 
and profit in the period in which such changes are made. Changes in revenue and cost estimates could also result in a projected 
loss that would be recorded immediately in earnings.

We recognize revenue for work performed under three major types of contracts: fixed-price, time-and-materials and 

cost-plus.

Fixed-Price.     Under  fixed-price  contracts,  our  clients  pay  us  an  agreed  fixed-amount  negotiated  in  advance  for  a 
specified scope of work. We generally recognize revenue on fixed-price contracts using the percentage-of-completion method. 
If the nature or circumstances of the contract prevent us from preparing a reliable estimate at completion, we will delay profit 
recognition until adequate information about the contract's progress becomes available.

Time-and-Materials.    Under  time-and-materials  contracts,  we  negotiate  hourly  billing  rates  and  charge  our  clients 
based  on  the  actual  time  that  we  spend  on  a  project.  In  addition,  clients  reimburse  us  for  our  actual  out-of-pocket  costs  for 
materials  and  other  direct  incidental  expenditures  that  we  incur  in  connection  with  our  performance  under  the  contract.  The 
majority  of  our  time-and-material contracts  are  subject  to  maximum  contract  values  and,  accordingly,  revenue  under  these 
contracts is generally recognized under the percentage-of-completion method. However, time and materials contracts that are 
service-related  contracts  are  accounted  for  utilizing  the  proportional  performance  method.  Revenue  on  contracts  that  are  not 

71

subject to maximum contract values is recognized based on the actual number of hours we spend on the projects plus any actual
out-of-pocket costs of materials and other direct incidental expenditures that we incur on the projects. Our time-and-materials 
contracts also generally include annual billing rate adjustment provisions.

Cost-Plus.    Under  cost-plus  contracts,  we  are  reimbursed  for  allowable  or  otherwise  defined  costs  incurred  plus  a 
negotiated  fee.  The  contracts  may  also  include  incentives  for  various  performance  criteria,  including  quality,  timeliness, 
ingenuity, safety and cost-effectiveness. In addition, our costs are generally subject to review by our clients and regulatory audit 
agencies, and such reviews could result in costs being disputed as non-reimbursable under the terms of the contract. Revenue 
for cost-plus contracts is recognized at the time services are performed. Revenue is not recognized for non-recoverable costs. 
Performance incentives are included in our estimates of revenue when their realization is reasonably assured.

If  estimated  total  costs  on  any  contract  indicate  a  loss, we recognize  the  entire  estimated  loss  in  the period  the  loss 
becomes  known.  The  cumulative  effect  of  revisions  to  revenue,  estimated  costs  to  complete  contracts,  including  penalties, 
incentive awards, change orders, claims, liquidated damages, anticipated losses, and other revisions are recorded in the period 
in  which  the  revisions  are  identified  and  the  loss  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  Such  revisions  could  occur  in  any  reporting 
period and the effects may be material depending on the size of the project or the adjustment.

Once  contract  performance  is  underway,  we  may  experience  changes  in  conditions,  client  requirements, 
specifications, designs, materials, and expectations regarding the period of performance. Such changes are "change orders" and
may be initiated by us or by our clients. In many cases, agreement with the client as to the terms of change orders is reached 
prior to work commencing; however, sometimes circumstances require that work progress without obtaining client agreement. 
Revenue related to change orders is recognized as costs are incurred. Change orders that are unapproved as to both price and 
scope are evaluated as claims.

Claims are amounts in excess of agreed contract prices that we seek to collect from our clients or other third parties 
for delays, errors in specifications and designs, contract terminations, change orders in dispute or unapproved as to both scope 
and price, or other causes of unanticipated additional costs. Revenue on claims is recognized only to the extent that contract 
costs  related  to  the  claims  have  been  incurred  and  when  it  is  probable  that  the  claim  will  result  in  a  bona  fide  addition  to 
contract value that can be reliably estimated. No profit is recognized on a claim until final settlement occurs. This can lead to a 
situation in which costs are recognized in one period and revenue is recognized in a subsequent period when a client agreement 
is obtained or a claims resolution occurs.

Cash and Cash Equivalents.    Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with maturities of 90 
days or less at the date of purchase. Restricted cash of $2.7 million was included in "Prepaid expenses and other current assets" 
on the consolidated balance sheet at fiscal 2017 year-end.

Insurance  Matters,  Litigation  and  Contingencies.    In  the  normal  course  of  business,  we  are  subject  to  certain
contractual  guarantees  and  litigation.  In  addition,  we  maintain  insurance  coverage  for  various  aspects  of  our  business  and 
operations.  We  record  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets  amounts  representing  our  estimated  liability  for  these  legal  and 
insurance obligations. We include any adjustments to these liabilities in our consolidated statements of income.

Accounts  Receivable –  Net.    Net  accounts  receivable  is  primarily  comprised  of  billed  and  unbilled  accounts 
receivable,  contract  retentions  and  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts.  Billed  accounts  receivable  represent  amounts  billed  to 
clients that have not been collected. Unbilled accounts receivable represent revenue recognized but not yet billed pursuant to
contract terms or billed after the period end date. Most of our unbilled receivables at October 1, 2017 are expected to be billed 
and collected within 12 months. Unbilled accounts receivable also include amounts related to requests for equitable adjustment 
to contracts that provide for price redetermination. These amounts are recorded only when they can be reliably estimated and 
realization is probable. Contract retentions represent amounts withheld by clients until certain conditions are met or the project 
is completed, which may be several months or years. Allowances for doubtful accounts represent the amounts that may become 
uncollectible  or  unrealizable  in  the  future.  We  determine  an  estimated  allowance  for  uncollectible  accounts  based  on 
management's  consideration  of  trends  in  the  actual  and  forecasted  credit  quality  of  our  clients,  including  delinquency  and 
payment  history;  type  of  client,  such  as  a  government  agency  or  a  commercial  sector  client;  and  general  economic  and 
particular  industry  conditions  that  may  affect  a  client's  ability  to  pay.  Billings  in  excess  of  costs  on  uncompleted  contracts 

72

represent  the  amount  of  cash  collected  from  clients  and  billings  to  clients  on  contracts  in  advance  of  work  performed  and 
revenue recognized. The majority of these amounts will be earned within 12 months.

Property  and  Equipment.    Property  and  equipment  are  recorded  at  cost  and  are  depreciated  over  their  estimated 
useful  lives  using  the  straight-line  method. When  property  and  equipment  are  retired  or  otherwise  disposed  of,  the  cost  and 
accumulated depreciation are removed from our consolidated balance sheets and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in our 
consolidated  statements  of  income.  Expenditures  for  maintenance  and  repairs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Generally,  estimated 
useful  lives  range  from  three  to  ten  years  for  equipment,  furniture  and  fixtures.  Buildings  are  depreciated  over  periods  not 
exceeding 40 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful 
lives or the length of the lease.

Long-Lived Assets.    Our  policy  regarding  long-lived  assets  is  to  evaluate  the  recoverability  of  our  assets  when  the 
facts  and  circumstances  suggest  that  the  assets  may  be  impaired.  This  assessment  is  performed  based  on  the  estimated 
undiscounted  cash  flows compared  to  the  carrying  value  of  the  assets.  If  the  future  cash  flows  (undiscounted  and  without 
interest charges) are less than the carrying value, a write-down would be recorded to reduce the related asset to its estimated fair 
value.

We recognize a liability for contract termination costs associated with an exit activity for costs that will continue to be 
incurred under a lease for its remaining term without economic benefit to us, initially measured at its fair value at the cease-use 
date. The fair value is determined based on the remaining lease rentals, adjusted for the effects of any prepaid or deferred items 
recognized under the lease, and reduced by estimated sublease rentals.

Business Combinations.    The cost of an acquired company is assigned to the tangible and intangible assets purchased 
and the liabilities assumed on the basis of their fair values at the date of acquisition. The determination of fair values of assets 
and liabilities acquired requires us to make estimates and use valuation techniques when a market value is not readily available. 
Any  excess  of  purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired  is  allocated  to  goodwill. 
Goodwill  typically  represents  the  value  paid  for  the  assembled  workforce  and  enhancement  of  our  service  offerings. 
Transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as they are incurred.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.    Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair value 
of  the  net  assets  acquired  in  a  business  acquisition.  Following  an  acquisition,  we  perform  an  analysis  to  value  the  acquired 
company's tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities. With respect to identifiable intangible assets, we consider 
backlog,  non-compete  agreements,  client  relations,  trade  names,  patents  and  other  assets.  We  amortize  our  intangible  assets 
based on the period over which the contractual or economic benefits of the intangible assets are expected to be realized. We 
assess the recoverability of the unamortized balance of our intangible assets when indicators of impairment are present based on 
expected future profitability and undiscounted expected cash flows and their contribution to our overall operations. Should the 
review  indicate  that  the  carrying  value  is  not  fully  recoverable,  the  excess  of  the  carrying  value  over  the  fair  value  of  the 
intangible assets would be recognized as an impairment loss.

We test our goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, and more frequently when an event occurs or circumstances 
indicate  that  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  We  believe  the  methodology  that  we  use  to  review 
impairment of goodwill, which includes a significant amount of judgment and estimates, provides us with a reasonable basis to 
determine whether impairment has occurred. However, many of the factors employed in determining whether our goodwill is 
impaired  are  outside  of  our  control  and  it  is  reasonably  likely  that  assumptions  and  estimates  will  change  in  future  periods. 
These changes could result in future impairments.

We  perform  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  review  at  the  beginning  of  our  fiscal  fourth  quarter.  Our  last  annual 
review was performed at July 3, 2017 (i.e., the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter). In addition, we regularly evaluate whether 
events and circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential change in recoverability of goodwill. We perform interim
goodwill  impairment  reviews  between  our  annual  reviews  if  certain  events  and  circumstances  have  occurred,  including  a 
deterioration in general economic conditions, an increased competitive environment, a change in management, key personnel, 
strategy or customers, negative or declining cash flows, or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with 
actual and projected results of relevant prior periods (See Note 6, "Goodwill and Intangible Assets" for further discussion). We 
assess  goodwill  for  impairment  at  the  reporting  unit  level,  which  is  defined  as  an  operating  segment  or  one  level  below  an 

73

operating  segment,  referred  to  as  a  component.  Our  operating  segments  are  the  same  as  our  reportable  segments  and  our 
reporting units for goodwill impairment testing are the components one level below our reportable segments. These components 
constitute a business for which discrete financial information is available and where segment management regularly reviews the
operating  results  of  that  component.  We  aggregate  components  within  an  operating  segment  that  have  similar  economic 
characteristics.

The impairment test for goodwill is a two-step process involving the comparison of the estimated fair value of each 
reporting unit to the reporting unit's carrying value, including goodwill. We estimate the fair value of reporting units based on a
comparison  and  weighting  of  the  income  approach,  specifically  the  discounted  cash  flow  method  and  the  market  approach, 
which  estimates  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units  based  upon  comparable  market  prices  and  recent  transactions  and  also 
validates the reasonableness of the multiples from the income approach. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying 
amount,  the  goodwill  of  the  reporting  unit  is  not  considered  impaired;  therefore,  the  second  step  of  the  impairment  test  is 
unnecessary.  If  the  carrying  amount  of  a  reporting  unit  exceeds  its  fair  value,  we  perform  the  second  step  of  the  goodwill 
impairment test to measure the amount of impairment loss to be recorded. If our goodwill is impaired, we are required to record 
a non-cash charge that could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Contingent Consideration.    Most of our acquisition agreements include contingent earn-out arrangements, which are 
generally  based  on  the  achievement  of  future  operating  income  thresholds.  The  contingent  earn-out  arrangements  are  based 
upon  our  valuations  of  the  acquired  companies  and  reduce  the  risk  of  overpaying  for  acquisitions  if  the  projected  financial 
results are not achieved.

The fair values of these earn-out arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on 
their respective acquisition dates. For each transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the 
initial purchase price and record the estimated fair value of contingent consideration as a liability in "Current contingent earn-
out liabilities" and "Long-term contingent earn-out liabilities" on the consolidated balance sheets. We consider several factors 
when determining that contingent earn-out liabilities are part of the purchase price, including the following: (1) the valuation of 
our acquisitions is not supported solely by the initial consideration paid, and the contingent earn-out formula is a critical and 
material  component  of  the  valuation  approach  to  determining  the  purchase  price;  and  (2)  the  former  owners  of  acquired 
companies that remain as key employees receive compensation other than contingent earn-out payments at a reasonable level 
compared  with  the  compensation  of  our  other  key  employees.  The  contingent  earn-out  payments  are  not  affected  by 
employment termination.

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. We use a probability weighted discounted income approach as a valuation 
technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. The significant unobservable inputs used in
the fair value measurements are operating income projections over the earn-out period (generally two or three years), and the 
probability  outcome  percentages  we  assign  to  each  scenario.  Significant  increases  or  decreases  to  either  of  these  inputs  in 
isolation would result in a significantly higher or lower liability with a higher liability capped by the contractual maximum of 
the contingent earn-out obligation. Ultimately, the liability will be equivalent to the amount paid, and the difference between the 
fair value estimate and amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid that is less than or equal to the liability on 
the acquisition date is reflected as cash used in financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. Any amount 
paid in excess of the liability on the acquisition date is reflected as cash used in operating activities.

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair 
value could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities 
related to the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair 
value related to changes in all other unobservable inputs are reported in operating income.

Fair  Value  of  Financial  Instruments.    We  determine  the  fair  values  of  our  financial  instruments,  including  short-
term investments, debt instruments and derivative instruments based on inputs or assumptions that market participants would 
use in pricing an asset or a liability. We categorize our instruments using a valuation hierarchy for disclosure of the inputs used 
to measure fair value. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows: Level 1 inputs are quoted prices 
(unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2 inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities 

74

in  active  markets  or  inputs  that  are  observable  for  the  asset  or  liability,  either  directly  or  indirectly  through  market 
corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument; and Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs based on 
our own assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value. The classification of a financial asset or liability within 
the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair values 
based  on  their  short-term  nature.  The  carrying  amounts  of  our  revolving  credit  facility  approximates  fair  value  because  the 
interest  rates  are  based  upon  variable  reference  rates  (see  Note 9,  "Long-Term  Debt"  and  Note 14,  "Derivative  Financial 
Instruments" for additional disclosure). Certain other assets and liabilities, such as contingent earn-out liabilities, assets held for 
sale and amounts related to cash-flow hedges, are required to be carried in our consolidated financial statements at fair value.

Our fair value measurement methods may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable 
value or reflective of future fair values. Although we believe our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those
used by other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine fair value could result in a 
different fair value measurement at the reporting date.

Derivative Financial Instruments.    We account for our derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities and carry 
them  at  fair  value.  For  derivative  instruments  that  hedge  the  exposure  to  variability  in  expected  future  cash  flows  that  are 
designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a component 
of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders' equity and reclassified into income in the same period or 
periods  during  which  the  hedged  transaction  affects  earnings.  The  ineffective  portion  of  the  gain  or  loss  on  the  derivative 
instrument, if any, is recognized in current income. To receive hedge accounting treatment, cash flow hedges must be highly 
effective in offsetting changes to expected future cash flows on hedged transactions.

The net gain or loss on the effective portion of a derivative instrument that is designated as an economic hedge of the 
foreign currency translation exposure generated by the re-measurement of certain assets and liabilities denominated in a non-
functional  currency  in  a  foreign  operation  is  reported  in  the  same  manner  as  a  foreign  currency  translation  adjustment. 
Accordingly, any gains or losses related to these derivative instruments are recognized in current income. Derivatives that do
not qualify as hedges are adjusted to fair value through current income.

Deferred Compensation.    We maintain a non-qualified defined contribution supplemental retirement plan for certain 
key  employees  and  non-employee  directors  that  is  accounted  for  in  accordance  with  applicable  authoritative  guidance  on 
accounting  for  deferred  compensation  arrangements  where  amounts  earned  are  held  in  a  rabbi  trust  and  invested.  Employee 
deferrals and our match are deposited into a rabbi trust, and the funds are generally invested in individual variable life insurance 
contracts that we own and are specifically designed to informally fund savings plans of this nature. Our consolidated balance 
sheets  reflect  our  investment  in  variable  life  insurance  contracts  in  "Other  long-term  assets."  Our  obligation  to  participating 
employees is reflected in "Other long-term liabilities." All income and expenses related to the rabbi trust are reflected in our 
consolidated statements of income.

Income Taxes.    We file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return and a combined California franchise tax return. 
In  addition,  we  file  other  returns  that  are  required  in  the  states,  foreign  jurisdictions  and  other  jurisdictions  in  which  we do
business.  We  account  for  certain  income  and  expense  items  differently  for  financial  reporting  and  income  tax  purposes. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed for the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and 
liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the 
periods  in  which  the  differences  are  expected  to  reverse.  In  determining  the  need  for  a  valuation  allowance,  management 
reviews both positive and negative evidence, including current and historical results of operations, future income projections
and potential tax planning strategies. Based on our assessment, we have concluded that a portion of the deferred tax assets at 
October 1, 2017 will not be realized.

According  to  the  authoritative  guidance  on  accounting  for  uncertainty  in  income  taxes,  we  may  recognize  the  tax 
benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by 
the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from 
such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon

75

ultimate  settlement.  This  guidance  also  addresses  de-recognition,  classification,  interest  and  penalties  on  income  taxes, 
accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions.

Concentration of Credit Risk.    Financial instruments that subject us to credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash 
equivalents and net accounts receivable. In the event that we have surplus cash, we place our temporary cash investments with 
lower  risk  financial  institutions  and,  by  policy,  limit  the  amount  of  investment  exposure  to  any  one  financial  institution. 
Approximately 23% of accounts receivable were due from various agencies of the U.S. federal government at fiscal 2017 year-
end. The remaining accounts receivable are generally diversified due to the large number of organizations comprising our client 
base  and  their  geographic  dispersion.  We  perform  ongoing  credit  evaluations  of  our  clients  and  maintain  an  allowance  for 
potential credit losses. Approximately 45%, 28% and 27% of our fiscal 2017 revenue was generated from our U.S government, 
U.S. commercial and international clients, respectively (see Note 18, "Reportable Segments" for more information).

Foreign Currency Translation.    We determine the functional currency of our foreign operating units based upon the 
primary  currency  in  which  they  operate.  These  operating  units  maintain  their  accounting  records  in  their  local  currency, 
primarily  Canadian  and  Australian  dollars.  Where  the  functional  currency  is  not  the  U.S.  dollar,  translation  of  assets  and 
liabilities  to  U.S.  dollars  is  based  on  exchange  rates  at  the  balance  sheet  date.  Translation  of  revenue  and  expenses  to  U.S. 
dollars  is  based  on  the  average  rate  during  the  period.  Translation  gains  or  losses  are  reported  as  a  component  of  other 
comprehensive income (loss). Gains or losses from foreign currency transactions are included in results of operations, with the 
exception of intercompany foreign transactions that are considered long-term investments, which are recorded in "Accumulated 
other comprehensive income (loss)" on the consolidated balance sheets.

Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Guidance.    In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board 
(“FASB”) issued updated guidance which requires excess tax benefits and deficiencies on share-based payments to be recorded 
as income tax expense or benefit in the income statement rather than being recorded in additional paid-in capital. This guidance 
is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. During the first 
quarter  of  fiscal  2017,  we  adopted  this  guidance  and, as  a  result,  we  recognized  income  tax  benefits  of  $4.9  million  in  our 
consolidated  statement  of  income  for  fiscal  2017.  We  also  reported  $4.9  million  as  part  of  our  cash  flows  from  operating 
activities on our consolidated statement of cash flows for fiscal 2017. 

In May 2014, the FASB issued an accounting standard that will supersede existing revenue recognition guidance under 
current U.S. GAAP. The new standard is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize 
revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive 
in  exchange  for  those  goods  and  services.  The  standard  may  be  applied  retrospectively  to  each  prior  period  presented  or 
retrospectively with the cumulative effect recognized as of the date of initial application. We continue to evaluate the impact of 
the new guidance on our consolidated financial statements. We expect to adopt the new standard on October 1, 2018 (the first 
day of fiscal 2019), using the modified retrospective method that may result in a cumulative effect adjustment as of the date of 
adoption.

In  January  2015,  the  FASB  issued  an  amendment  to  the  accounting  guidance  related  to  the  income  statement 
presentation  of  extraordinary  and  unusual  items.  The  amendment  eliminates  from  U.S.  GAAP  the  concept  of  extraordinary 
items. The guidance was effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2017, and the adoption of this guidance had no impact on 
our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2016, the FASB issued guidance that generally requires companies to measure investments in other entities, 
except those accounted for under the equity method, at fair value and recognize any changes in fair value in net income. The
guidance  is  effective  for  us  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2018.  We  do  not  expect  the  adoption  of  this  guidance  to  have  a 
significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued guidance that primarily requires lessees to recognize most leases on their balance 
sheets  but  record  expenses  on  their  income  statements  in  a  manner  similar  to  current  accounting.  For  lessors,  the  guidance 
modifies the classification criteria and the accounting for sales-type and direct financing leases. The guidance is effective for us 

76

in the first quarter of fiscal 2020, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will 
have on our consolidated financial statements.

In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued updated  guidance  which  requires  entities  to  estimate  all  expected  credit  losses  for 
certain  types  of  financial  instruments,  including  trade  receivables,  held  at  the  reporting  date  based  on  historical  experience, 
current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. The updated guidance also expands the disclosure requirements to 
enable users of financial statements to understand the entity’s assumptions, models and methods for estimating expected credit 
losses.  This  guidance  is  effective  for  us  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  2021,  with  early  adoption  permitted.  We  are  currently 
evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued guidance to address eight specific cash flow issues to reduce the existing diversity in 
practice  in  how  certain  cash  receipts  and  cash  payments  are  presented  and  classified  in  the  statement  of  cash  flows.  This 
guidance is effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal 2019, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the 
impact that this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued updated guidance which requires entities to recognize the income tax consequences 
of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. This guidance is effective for us in the first 
quarter of fiscal 2019, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on our 
consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued updated guidance which provides amendments to address the classification and 
presentation of changes in restricted cash and in the statement of cash flows. This guidance is effective for us in the first quarter 
of fiscal 2018. We do not expect that this guidance will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In  January  2017,  the  FASB  issued  new  guidance  that  changes  the  definition  of  a  business  to  assist  entities  with 
evaluating  when a  set  of  transferred  assets  and  activities  is  a  business.  The  guidance  requires  an  entity  to  evaluate  if 
substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable asset or a group of similar 
identifiable assets; if so, the set of transferred assets and activities is not a business. This guidance is effective for us in the first 
quarter of fiscal year 2019, and interim periods within those years, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this guidance in 
the first quarter of fiscal 2017, and the adoption of this guidance had no impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In  January  2017,  the  FASB  issued  updated  guidance  to  simplify  the  test  for  goodwill  impairment.  This  guidance 
eliminates step two from the goodwill impairment test. Under the updated guidance, an entity should recognize an impairment 
charge for  the amount  by  which  the  carrying  amount of  a  reporting unit  exceeds  its  fair  value; however,  the  loss  recognized 
should  not  exceed  the  total  amount of  goodwill  allocated  to  the  reporting  unit.  This  guidance  is  effective  for  us  in  the  first 
quarter  of  fiscal  2021,  on  a  prospective  basis,  and  earlier  adoption  is  permitted  for  goodwill  impairment  tests  performed  on 
testing dates after January 1, 2017. We plan to adopt this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2018 and we do not expect the 
adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued updated guidance to clarify when changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based 
payment award must be accounted for as modifications. Under the updated guidance, modification accounting is required only 
if  the  fair  value,  the  vesting  conditions,  or  the  classification  of  the  award  changes  as  a  result  of  the  change  in  terms  or 
conditions. This guidance is effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019, on a prospective basis, with early adoption 
permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2017, the FASB issued accounting guidance on hedging activities. The amendment better aligns an entity’s 
risk  management  activities  and  financial  reporting  for  hedging  relationships  through  changes  to  both  the  designation  and 
measurement guidance for qualifying hedging relationships and the presentation of hedge results. This guidance is effective for 
us in the first quarter of fiscal 2020, and interim periods within those years, with early adoption permitted. We are currently 
evaluating the impact of this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

77

3.           Stock Repurchase and Dividends

On  November  7,  2016,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  new  stock  repurchase  program  under  which  we  could 
repurchase up to $200 million of our common stock. In fiscal 2017, we repurchased through open market purchases under this 
program a total of 2,266,397 shares at an average price of $44.12 for a total cost of $100.0 million.

On  November  7,  2016,  the  Board  of  Directors  declared  a  quarterly  cash  dividend  of  $0.09  per  share  payable  on 
December 14, 2016 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on December 1, 2016. On January 30, 2017, the Board 
of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.09 per share payable on March 3, 2017 to stockholders of record as of the 
close of business on February 17, 2017. On May 1, 2017, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.10 per 
share payable on June 2, 2017 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on May 18, 2017. On July 31, 2017, the 
Board  of  Directors  declared  a  quarterly  cash  dividend  of  $0.10  per  share  payable  on  September  1,  2017  to  stockholders  of 
record as of the close of business on August 17, 2017. Dividends totaling 21.7 million and $19.7 million were paid in fiscal 
2017 and 2016, respectively.

Subsequent  Events.    On November 6, 2017,  the  Board of Directors declared  a quarterly  cash  dividend of $0.10  per 

share payable on December 15, 2017 to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 30, 2017. 

4.           Accounts Receivable – Net and Revenue Recognition

Net  accounts  receivable  and  billings  in  excess  of  costs  on  uncompleted  contracts  consisted of  the  following  at 

October 1, 2017 and October 2, 2016:

Billed
Unbilled
Contract retentions

Total accounts receivable – gross

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Total accounts receivable – net

Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

(in thousands)

$

$

$

376,287 $
404,899
39,840

821,026
(32,259)

788,767 $

364,287
356,147
29,135

749,569
(35,233)

714,336

117,499 $

88,223

Billed  accounts  receivable  represent  amounts  billed  to  clients  that  have  not  been  collected.  Unbilled  accounts 
receivable represent revenue recognized but not yet billed pursuant to contract terms or billed after the period end date. Except 
for amounts related to claims as discussed below, most of our unbilled receivables at October 1, 2017 are expected to be billed 
and collected within 12 months. Contract retentions represent amounts withheld by clients until certain conditions are met or
the project is completed, which may be several months or years. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents amounts that 
are  expected  to  become  uncollectible  or  unrealizable  in  the  future.  We  determine  an  estimated  allowance  for  uncollectible 
accounts  based  on  management's  consideration  of  trends  in  the  actual  and  forecasted  credit  quality  of  our  clients,  including 
delinquency  and  payment  history;  type  of  client,  such  as  a  government  agency  or  a  commercial  sector  client;  and  general 
economic and particular industry conditions that may affect a client's ability to pay. Billings in excess of costs on uncompleted 
contracts  represent  the  amount  of  cash  collected  from  clients  and  billings  to  clients  on  contracts  in  advance  of  revenue 
recognized. The majority of billings in excess of costs on uncompleted contracts will be earned within 12 months.

Once contract performance is underway, we may experience changes in conditions, client requirements, specifications, 
designs, materials and expectations regarding the period of performance. Such changes result in "change orders" and may be 
initiated by us or by our clients. In many cases, agreement with the client as to the terms of change orders is reached prior to 
work  commencing;  however,  sometimes  circumstances  require  that  work  progress  without  a  definitive  client  agreement. 
Unapproved  change  orders  constitute  claims  in  excess  of  agreed  contract  prices  that  we  seek  to  collect  from  our  clients  for 

78

delays, errors in specifications and designs, contract terminations, or other causes of unanticipated additional costs. Revenue on 
claims is recognized when contract costs related to claims have been incurred and when their addition to contract value can be 
reliably  estimated.  This  can  lead  to  a  situation  in  which  costs  are  recognized  in  one  period  and  revenue  is  recognized  in  a 
subsequent period, such as when client agreement is obtained or a claims resolution occurs.

Total accounts receivable at October 1, 2017 and October 2, 2016 included $59 million and $45 million, respectively, 
related to claims, including requests for equitable adjustment, on contracts that provide for price redetermination. We regularly 
evaluate all unsettled claim amounts and record appropriate adjustments to operating earnings when it is probable that the claim 
will result in a different contract value than the amount previously estimated. As a result of this assessment, in fiscal 2017, we 
recognized a reduction of revenue of $4.9 million and related losses in operating income of $3.6 million in our RCM segment. 
In fiscal 2016, we collected $13.4 million to settle claims of $8.8 million, which resulted in gains in operating income of $4.6 
million in the RCM segment.  In fiscal 2016, we also recognized reductions in operating income in our RCM segment and a 
related increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts of $7.9 million as a result of our updated assessment of the collectability 
of certain accounts receivable, of which $4.6 million related to unsettled claims. Related to these same projects, we have claims 
and  potential  claims  against  us  from  both  our  subcontractors  and  customers  for  back  charges.  We  believe  these  claims  are 
without merit and thus any liability is considered remote at this time. However, changes in these estimates could result in the 
recognition of additional project costs and losses in the period when changes to estimate are made.

Billed  accounts  receivable  related  to  U.S.  federal  government  contracts  were  $45.4  million  and  $47.4  million  at 
October 1, 2017 and October 2, 2016, respectively. U.S. federal government contracts unbilled receivables were $109.7 million 
and  $92.2  million  at  October 1,  2017  and  October 2,  2016,  respectively.  Other  than  the  U.S.  federal  government,  no  single 
client accounted for more than 10% of our accounts receivable at October 1, 2017 and October 2, 2016.

We  recognize  revenue  for  most  of  our  contracts  using  the  percentage-of-completion  method,  primarily  utilizing  the 
cost-to-cost approach, to estimate the progress towards completion in order to determine the amount of revenue and profit to 
recognize.  Changes  in  those  estimates  could  result  in  the  recognition  of  cumulative  catch-up  adjustments  to  the  contract’s 
inception-to-date  revenue,  costs  and  profit  in  the  period  in  which  such  changes  are  made.  As  a  result,  we  recognized  net 
unfavorable  operating  income  adjustments  of  $8.0 million  ($2.3  million  in  the  RME  segment  and  $5.7  million  in  the  RCM 
segment) during fiscal 2017. We recognized net unfavorable operating income adjustments during fiscal 2016 of $2.3 million 
(all in the RCM segment) and during fiscal 2015 of $8.9 million. Changes in revenue and cost estimates could also result in a 
projected loss that would be recorded immediately in earnings. As of October 1, 2017 and October 2, 2016, our consolidated 
balance  sheets  included  liabilities  for  anticipated  losses  of  $8.1  million  and  $6.7  million,  respectively. The  estimated  cost  to 
complete the related contracts as of October 1, 2017 was $5.0 million.

5.           Mergers and Acquisitions 

In  fiscal  2015,  we  acquired  Cornerstone  Environmental  Group, LLC  ("CEG"),  headquartered  in  Middletown,  New 
York.  CEG  is an  environmental  engineering  and  consulting firm focused  on  solid waste  markets  in  the United  States,  and  is 
included in our RME segment. The fair value of the purchase price for CEG was $15.9 million. Of this amount, $11.8 million 
was  paid  to  the  former  owners  and  $4.1  million  was  the  estimated  fair  value  of  contingent  earn-out  obligations,  with  a 
maximum  of $9.8  million, based upon  the  achievement  of  specified financial  objectives. The results of  this acquisition  were 
included  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  from  the  closing  date.  The  acquisition  was  not  considered  material  to  our 
consolidated financial statements. As a result, no pro forma information has been provided.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2016, we acquired control of Coffey International Limited ("Coffey"), headquartered in 
Sydney,  Australia.  Coffey  had  approximately  3,300  staff  delivering  technical  and  engineering  solutions  in  international 
development and geoscience. Coffey significantly expands our geographic presence, particularly in Australia and Asia Pacific, 
and is part of our RME segment. In addition to Australia, Coffey's international development business has operations supporting 
federal government agencies in the U.S., Australia and the United Kingdom. The fair value of the purchase price for Coffey was 
$76.1 million, in addition to $65.1 million of assumed debt, which consisted of secured bank term debt of $37.1 million and 
unsecured  corporate  bond  obligations  of  $28.0  million. All  of  this  debt  was  paid  in  full  in  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2016 
subsequent to the acquisition.

79

In  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2016,  we  also  acquired  INDUS  Corporation  ("INDUS"),  headquartered  in  Vienna, 
Virginia.  INDUS  is  an  information  technology  solutions  firm  focused  on  water  data  analytics,  geospatial  analysis,  secure 
infrastructure,  and  software  applications  management  for  U.S.  federal  government  customers,  and  is  included  in  our  WEI 
segment. The  fair  value  of  the  purchase  price  for  INDUS  was  $18.7  million.  Of  this  amount,  $14.0  million  was  paid  to  the 
sellers and $4.7 million was the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out obligations, with a maximum of $8.0 million, based 
upon the achievement of specified operating income targets in each of the two years following the acquisition.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2017, we completed the acquisition of Eco Logical Australia (“ELA”), headquartered in 
Sydney,  Australia.  ELA  is  a  multi-disciplinary  consulting  firm  with  over  160  staff  that  provides  innovative,  high-end 
environmental and ecological services, and is part of our RME segment. The fair value of the purchase price for ELA was $9.9 
million. Of this amount, $8.3 million was paid to the sellers and $1.6 million was the estimated fair value of contingent earn-out
obligations, with a maximum of $1.7 million, based upon the achievement of specified operating income targets in each of the 
two years following the acquisition.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the respective 

acquisition dates for our acquisitions completed in fiscal 2016 (in thousands):

Accounts receivable
Other current assets
Property and equipment
Goodwill
Backlog and trade name intangible assets
Other assets
Current liabilities
Borrowings
Other long-term liabilities

Net assets acquired

$

71,515
18,869
14,218
108,323
29,445
747
(78,311)
(65,086)
(4,885)

$

94,835

Goodwill additions resulting from the above business combinations are primarily attributable to the existing workforce 
of the acquired companies and the synergies expected to arise after the acquisitions. The goodwill addition related to the fiscal 
2017  acquisition  primarily  represents  the  value  of  a  workforce  with  distinct  expertise  in  the  environmental  and  ecological 
markets. The goodwill additions related to the fiscal 2016 acquisitions primarily represent the value of workforces with distinct 
expertise  in  the  international  development,  geoscience,  and  software  applications  management  markets.  In  addition,  these 
acquired capabilities, when combined with our existing global consulting and engineering business, result in opportunities that 
allow  us  to  provide  services  under  contracts  that  could  not  have  been  pursued  individually  by  either  us  or  the  acquired 
companies. The results of these acquisitions were included in the consolidated financial statements from their respective closing 
dates.

Backlog  and  trade  name  intangible  assets  include  the  fair  value  of  existing  contracts  and  the  underlying  customer 
relationships with lives ranging from 1 to 5 years (weighted average of approximately 3 years) and the fair value of trade names 
with lives ranging from 3 to 5 years. 

The  table  below  presents  summarized  unaudited  consolidated  pro  forma  operating  results  including  the  related 
acquisition, integration and debt pre-payment charges, assuming we had acquired Coffey and INDUS at the beginning of fiscal 
2016.  These  pro-forma  operating  results  are  presented  for  illustrative  purposes  only  and  are  not  indicative  of  the  operating 
results that would have been achieved had the related events occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2016.

80

Revenue
Operating income
Net income attributable to Tetra Tech
Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech

Basic
Diluted

Pro-Forma
Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

(in thousands, except per share data)

$

$
$

2,753,360 $
183,342
117,874

2,714,658
152,676
98,871

2.07 $
2.04 $

1.70
1.68

Acquisition  and  integration  expenses  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  income  are  comprised  of  the 

following:

Severance including change in control payments
Professional services
Real estate-related

Total

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2, 2016
(in thousands)

$

$

10,917
5,685
2,946

19,548

As of October 2, 2016, all of the acquisition and integration expenses incurred to date had been paid. All acquisition 
and integration expenses are included in our Corporate reportable segment, as presented in Note 18, "Reportable Segments". In 
addition, in the second quarter of fiscal 2016, we repaid Coffey's bank loans and corporate bonds in full, including $1.9 million
in pre-payment charges that are included in interest expense.

Most  of  our  acquisition  agreements  include  contingent  earn-out  agreements,  which  are  generally  based  on  the 
achievement of future operating income thresholds. The contingent earn-out arrangements are based on our valuations of the 
acquired companies, and reduce the risk of overpaying for acquisitions if the projected financial results are not achieved. The 
fair values of any earn-out arrangements are included as part of the purchase price of the acquired companies on their respective 
acquisition dates. For each transaction, we estimate the fair value of contingent earn-out payments as part of the initial purchase 
price and record the estimated fair value of contingent consideration as a liability in "Current contingent earn-out liabilities" and 
"Long-term contingent earn-out liabilities" on the consolidated balance sheets. We consider several factors when determining 
that contingent earn-out liabilities are part of the purchase price, including the following: (1) the valuation of our acquisitions is 
not supported solely by the initial consideration paid, and the contingent earn-out formula is a critical and material component 
of the valuation approach to determining the purchase price; and (2) the former owners of acquired companies that remain as 
key  employees  receive  compensation  other  than  contingent  earn-out  payments  at  a  reasonable  level  compared  with  the 
compensation of our other key employees. The contingent earn-out payments are not affected by employment termination.

We measure our contingent earn-out liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs 
classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. We use a probability-weighted discounted income approach as a valuation 
technique to convert future estimated cash flows to a single present value amount. The significant unobservable inputs used in 
the fair value measurements are operating income projections over the earn-out period (generally two or three years), and the 
probability  outcome  percentages  we  assign  to  each  scenario.  Significant  increases  or  decreases  to  either  of  these  inputs  in 
isolation would result in a significantly higher or lower liability, with a higher liability capped by the contractual maximum of 
the contingent earn-out obligation. Ultimately, the liability will be equivalent to the amount paid, and the difference between the 
fair value estimate and amount paid will be recorded in earnings. The amount paid that is less than or equal to the contingent 
earn-out liability on the acquisition date is reflected as cash used in financing activities in our consolidated statements of cash 

81

flows.  Any  amount  paid  in  excess  of  the  contingent  earn-out  liability  on  the  acquisition  date  is  reflected  as  cash  used  in 
operating activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.

We review and re-assess the estimated fair value of contingent consideration on a quarterly basis, and the updated fair 
value could differ materially from the initial estimates. Changes in the estimated fair value of our contingent earn-out liabilities 
related to the time component of the present value calculation are reported in interest expense. Adjustments to the estimated fair 
value  related  to  changes  in  all  other  unobservable  inputs  are  reported  in  operating  income.  During  fiscal  2017,  we  recorded 
adjustments to our contingent earn-out liabilities and reported related net gains in operating income totaling $6.9 million. These 
gains resulted from updated valuations of the contingent consideration liabilities for INDUS and CEG. During fiscal 2016, we 
increased  our contingent  earn-out  liabilities  and  reported  related  losses  in  operating  income  of  $2.8  million.  These  losses 
include  a  $1.8  million  charge  that  reflected  our  updated  valuation  of  the  contingent  consideration  liability  for  CEG.  This 
valuation  included  our updated  projection  of  CEG's  financial  performance  during  the  earn-out  period,  which  exceeded  our 
original estimate at the acquisition date. The remaining $1.0 million loss represented the final cash settlement of an earn-out 
liability that was valued at $0 at the end of fiscal 2015.

The  acquisition  agreement  for  INDUS  included  a  contingent  earn-out  agreement  based  on  the  achievement  of 
operating income thresholds in each of the first two years beginning on the acquisition date, which was in the second quarter of 
fiscal 2016. The maximum earn-out obligation over the two-year earn-out period was $8.0 million ($4.0 million in each year). 
These  amounts  could  be  earned  on  a  pro-rata  basis  starting  at  50%  of  the  earn-out  maximum  for  operating  income  within  a 
predetermined range in each year. INDUS was required to meet a minimum operating income threshold in each year to earn any 
contingent consideration. These minimum thresholds were $3.2 million and $3.6 million in years one and two, respectively. In 
order to earn the maximum contingent consideration, INDUS needed to generate operating income of $3.6 million in year one 
and $4.0 million in year two.

The determination of the fair value of the purchase price for INDUS on the acquisition date included our estimate of 
the fair value of the related contingent earn-out obligation. The initial valuation was primarily based on probability-weighted 
internal  estimates  of  INDUS’  operating  income  during  each  earn-out period. As  a  result  of  these  estimates,  we  calculated  an
initial fair value at the acquisition date of INDUS’ contingent earn-out liability of $4.7 million in the second quarter of fiscal 
2016.  This  amount  had  increased  to  $4.9  million  at  the  end  of  fiscal  2016  due  to  the  passage  of  time  for  the  present  value 
calculation.  In  determining  that  INDUS  would  earn  59%  of  the  maximum  potential  earn-out,  we  considered  several  factors 
including INDUS’ recent historical revenue and operating income levels and growth rates. We also considered the recent trend 
in INDUS’ backlog level.

INDUS’ actual financial performance in the first earn-out period was below our original expectation at the acquisition 
date. As a result, in the second quarter of fiscal 2017, we evaluated our estimate of INDUS’ contingent consideration liability 
for both earn-out periods. This assessment included a review of INDUS’ financial results in the first earn-out period, the status 
of ongoing projects in INDUS’ backlog, and the inventory of prospective new contract awards. As a result of this assessment, 
we concluded that INDUS’ operating income in both the first and second earn-out periods would be lower than the minimum 
requirements of $3.2 million and $3.6 million, respectively, to earn any contingent consideration. Accordingly, in the second
quarter of fiscal 2017, we reduced the INDUS contingent earn-out liability to $0, which resulted in a gain of $5.0 million.

The acquisition agreement for CEG included a contingent earn-out agreement based on the achievement of operating 
income  thresholds  in  each  of  the  first  three  years  beginning  on  the  acquisition  date,  which  was  in  the  third  quarter  of  fiscal 
2015. The maximum earn-out obligation over the three-year earn-out period was $9.8 million ($3.25 million in each year). The 
annual amounts could be earned primarily on a pro-rata basis for operating income within a predetermined range in each year. 
To a lesser extent, additional earn-out consideration could be earned for operating income above the high-end of the range up to 
the contractual maximum of $9.8 million. CEG was required to meet a minimum operating income threshold in each year to 
earn any contingent consideration. These minimum thresholds were $2.0 million, $2.3 million and $2.6 million in years one, 
two and three, respectively. In order to earn the maximum contingent consideration, CEG needed to achieve operating income 
of $4.5 million in year one, $4.8 million in year two and $5.1 million in year three.

82

The determination of the fair value of the purchase price for CEG on the acquisition date included our estimate of the 
fair  value  of  the  related  contingent  earn-out  obligation.  The  initial  valuation  was  primarily  based  on  probability-weighted 
internal  estimates  of  CEG’s  operating  income  during  each  earn-out  period. As  a  result  of  these  estimates,  we  calculated  an 
initial fair value at the acquisition date of CEG’s contingent earn-out liability of $4.1 million in the third quarter of fiscal 2015. 
In determining that CEG would earn 42% of the maximum potential earn-out, we considered several factors including CEG’s 
recent historical revenue and operating income levels and growth rates. We also considered the recent trend in CEG’s backlog 
level.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2016, we recorded an increase in our contingent earn-out liabilities and related losses in 
operating income of $1.8 million, which reflected our updated valuation of the contingent consideration liability for CEG. This 
valuation  included  our  updated  projection  of  CEG’s  financial  performance  during  the  earn-out  period,  which  exceeded  our 
original  estimate  at  the  acquisition  date. The  first  earn-out  payment  of  $2.3  million  was  made  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal 
2016, at which time a $3.9 million contingent consideration liability remained for the last two years of CEG’s earn-out period.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2017, we evaluated our estimate of CEG’s contingent consideration liability for the 
remaining two earn-out periods. This assessment included a review of CEG’s financial results to-date in the second earn-out 
period, the status of ongoing projects in CEG’s backlog, and the inventory of prospective new contract awards. As a result of 
this assessment, we concluded that CEG’s operating income in both the second and third earn-out periods would be lower than 
our previous estimate. Accordingly, we reduced the CEG contingent earn-out liability to $1.8 million as of April 2, 2017, which 
resulted in a gain of $2.1 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2017.  The second earn-out payment of $1.3 million was made 
in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2017, when we determined that INDUS’ and CEG’s operating income would be 
lower  than  our  previous  estimates,  including  our  original  estimates  at  the  acquisition  dates,  we  also  evaluated  the  related 
goodwill for potential impairment. In each case, we determined that the related reporting units’ long-term performance was not 
materially impacted and there was no resulting goodwill impairment.

During fiscal 2016, we also recognized a $1.0 million loss, which represented the final cash settlement of an earn-out 

liability that was valued at $0 at the end of fiscal 2015. 

During fiscal 2015, we decreased our contingent earn-out liabilities and reported a related gain in operating income of 
$3.1 million. This gain resulted from an updated valuation of the contingent consideration liability for Caber Engineering Inc. 
("Caber"), which is part of our RME segment.

The acquisition agreement for Caber included a contingent earn-out agreement based on the achievement of operating 
income thresholds (in Canadian dollars) in each of the first two years beginning on the acquisition date, which was in the first 
quarter of fiscal 2014. The maximum earn-out obligation over the two-year earn-out period was C$8.0 million (C$4.0 million in 
each year). These amounts could be earned on a pro-rata basis for operating income within a predetermined range in each year. 
Caber was required to meet a minimum operating income threshold in each year to earn any contingent consideration. These 
thresholds were C$4.0 million and C$4.6 million in years one and two, respectively. In order to earn the maximum contingent 
consideration, Caber needed to generate operating income of C$4.4 million in year one and C$5.1 million in year two. 

The determination of the fair value of the purchase price for Caber on the acquisition date included our estimate of the 
fair  value  of  the  related  contingent  earn-out  obligation.  This  initial  valuation  was  primarily  based  on  probability-weighted 
internal estimates  of  Caber's  operating  income  during  each  earn-out  period. As  a  result  of  these  estimates,  we  calculated  an 
initial  fair  value  at  the  acquisition  date  of  Caber's  contingent  earn-out  liability  of  C$6.5  million  in  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal 
2014. In determining that Caber would earn 81% of the maximum potential earn-out, we considered several factors including 
Caber's recent historical revenue and operating income levels and growth rates. We also considered the recent trend in Caber's
backlog level and the prospects for the oil and gas industry in Western Canada.

Caber's actual financial performance in the first earn-out period exceeded our original estimate at the acquisition date. 
As a result, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, we increased the related contingent consideration liability and recognized a loss 

83

 
 
 
 
of  $1.0  million. This  updated  valuation  included  our  assumption  that  Caber  would  earn  the  maximum  amount  of  contingent 
consideration  of  $4.0  million  in  the  first  earn-out  period.  In  the  second  quarter  of  fiscal  2015,  we  completed  our  final 
calculation  of  the  contingent  consideration  for  the  first  earn-out  period  and  paid  contingent  consideration  of  C$4.0  million 
(USD$3.2 million). At that time we also evaluated our estimate of Caber's contingent consideration liability for the second earn-
out  period.  This  assessment  included  a  review  of  the  status  of  ongoing  projects  in  Caber's  backlog,  and  the  inventory  of 
prospective new contract awards. We also considered the status of the oil and gas industry in Western Canada, particularly in 
light of the decline in oil prices at the time. As a result of this assessment, we concluded that Caber's operating income in the 
second earn-out period would be lower than our original estimate at the acquisition date and our subsequent estimates through 
the first quarter of fiscal 2015. We also concluded that Caber's operating income for the second earn-out period would be lower 
than  the  minimum  requirement  of  C$4.6  million  to  earn  any  contingent  consideration. Accordingly,  in  the  second  quarter  of 
fiscal 2015, we reduced the Caber contingent earn-out liability to $0, which resulted in a gain of $3.1 million. The second earn-
out period ended in the first quarter of fiscal 2016 with no further adjustments.

At  October 1, 2017,  there  was  a  total  maximum  of  $8.9  million  of  outstanding  contingent  consideration  related  to 

acquisitions. Of this amount, $2.4 million was estimated as the fair value and accrued on our consolidated balance sheet.

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying value of estimated contingent earn-out liabilities:

October 1, 
2017

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2, 
2016

(in thousands)

September 27, 
2015

Beginning balance (at fair value)
Estimated earn-out liabilities for acquisitions during the fiscal year
Increases due to re-measurement of fair value reported in interest expense
Net increase (decrease) due to re-measurement of fair value reported as 
losses (gains) in operating income
Foreign exchange impact
Earn-out payments:

$

Reported as cash used in operating activities
Reported as cash used in financing activities

8,757 $
1,604
260

(6,923)

59

—
(1,319)

4,169 $
4,745
271

2,823

—

—
(3,251)

Ending balance (at fair value)

$

2,438 $

8,757 $

7,030
4,100
136

(3,113)

(785)

—
(3,199)

4,169

Subsequent  Event.        On  October  2,  2017,  we  acquired  Glumac,  a  leader  in  sustainable  infrastructure  design. The 
company  has  more  than  300  employees  and  incorporates  innovative  sustainable  technologies  and  solutions  into  each  of  its 
designs, including the design and engineering of Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) standard and Net-
Zero infrastructure.

84

6.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying value of goodwill:

Balance at September 27, 2015

Goodwill additions
Goodwill adjustments
Foreign exchange translation

Balance at October 2, 2016
Goodwill additions
Goodwill adjustments
Foreign exchange translation

Balance at October 1, 2017

WEI

RME
(in thousands)

Total

$

210,748 $
9,080
—
2,125

221,953
—
13,509
6,273

390,631 $
98,538
1,687
5,179

496,035
7,055
(12,804)
8,865

$

241,735 $

499,151 $

601,379
107,618
1,687
7,304

717,988
7,055
705
15,138

740,886

We perform our annual goodwill impairment review at the beginning of our fiscal fourth quarter. Our last review at 
July 3, 2017 (i.e. the first day of our fourth quarter in fiscal 2017), indicated that we had no impairment of goodwill, and all of 
our  reporting  units  had  estimated  fair  values  that  were  in  excess  of  their  carrying  values,  including  goodwill.  We  had  no 
reporting units that had estimated fair values that exceeded their carrying values by less than 20%. In addition, we regularly 
evaluate whether events and circumstances have occurred that may indicate a potential change in the recoverability of goodwill. 
We  perform  interim  goodwill  impairment  reviews  between  our  annual  reviews  if  certain  events  and  circumstances  have 
occurred,  such  as  a  deterioration  in  general  economic  conditions;  an  increase  in  the  competitive  environment;  a  change  in 
management, key personnel, strategy or customers; negative or declining cash flows; or a decline in actual or planned revenue
or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods.

In  the  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2015,  the  mining  sector  continued  to  contract  in  response  to  lower  global  growth 
expectations  driven  in  large  part  by  China's  actual  and  projected  slower  economic  growth.  Consistent  with  this  trend,  our 
mining  customers  continued  their  curtailment  of  capital  spending  for  new  mining  projects. As  a  result,  our  Global  Mining 
Practice ("GMP") reporting unit experienced a 25% decline in revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 compared to the same 
period of fiscal 2014. This negative trend was compared to the expected revenue growth of approximately 3% in the previous 
goodwill impairment test, performed as of June 30, 2014. In response to these results, we performed a strategic review of GMP 
in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, and determined that our mining activities would likely decline further in fiscal 2016, and 
that  revenue  and  profits  would  not  return  to  acceptable  levels  of  performance  in  the  foreseeable  future.  We  also  decided  to 
redeploy  a  significant  portion  of  our  mining  resources  into  other  operational  areas  that  have  better  growth  and  profitability
prospects. Consequently, as of the first day of fiscal 2016, GMP was no longer a reporting unit. We considered GMP's financial 
performance and prospects in our goodwill impairment analysis in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 and determined that GMP's 
fair value had fallen significantly below its carrying value, including goodwill. As required, we performed further analysis to 
measure  the  amount  of  the  impairment  loss  and,  as  a  result,  we  wrote-off  all  of  GMP's  goodwill  and  identifiable  intangible 
assets and recorded a related impairment charge of $60.8 million ($57.3 million after-tax) in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015. 
The  related  goodwill  and  identifiable  intangible  assets  that  were  determined  not  to  be  recoverable  totaled  $58.1  million  and 
$2.7 million, respectively.

Our  fourth  quarter  2017  and  2016  goodwill  impairment  reviews  indicated  that  we  had  no  other  impairment  of 
goodwill, and all of our other reporting units had estimated fair values that were in excess of their carrying values, including 
goodwill. Although we believe that our estimates of fair value for these reporting units are reasonable, if financial performance 
for these reporting units falls significantly below our expectations or market prices for similar business decline, the goodwill for 
these reporting units could become impaired.

Foreign exchange translation relates to our foreign subsidiaries with functional currencies that are different than our 
reporting  currency. The  gross  amounts  of  goodwill  for WEI  were  $324.1  million  and  $304.4  million  at  October 1,  2017  and 
October 2, 2016, respectively, excluding $82.4 million of accumulated impairment. The gross amounts of goodwill for RME 
were  $532.4  million  and  $529.2  million  at  October 1,  2017  and  October 2,  2016,  respectively,  excluding  $33.2  million  of 
accumulated impairment.

85

The gross amount and accumulated amortization of our acquired identifiable intangible assets with finite useful lives 

included in "Intangible assets – net" on the consolidated balance sheets, were as follows:

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 2017

October 2, 2016

Weighted- 
Average
Remaining
Life
(in years)

Gross
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Gross
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

($ in thousands)

Non-compete agreements
Client relations
Backlog
Technology and trade names

Total

0.1
2.9
1.4
3.3

$

495 $

(493) $

881 $

90,297
21,518
6,685

(75,074)
(13,301)
(3,439)

112,367
23,018
7,778

$

118,995 $

(92,307) $

144,044 $

(840)
(83,514)
(7,536)
(3,192)

(95,082)

Foreign currency translation adjustments reduced net identifiable intangible assets by $0.1 million and $1.1 million in 
fiscal 2017 and 2016, respectively. Amortization expense for the identifiable intangible assets for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 
was $22.8 million, $22.1 million and $20.2 million, respectively.

Estimated amortization expense for the succeeding five years and beyond is as follows:

2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Beyond

Total

7.           Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

Land and buildings
Equipment, furniture and fixtures
Leasehold improvements

Total property and equipment

Accumulated depreciation

Property and equipment, net

86

Amount
(in thousands)

$

$

14,548
7,034
2,802
1,664
411
229

26,688

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

(in thousands)

$

3,680 $

150,026
27,689

181,395
(124,560)

3,683
180,750
30,261

214,694
(146,867)

$

56,835 $

67,827

The  depreciation  expense  related  to property  and  equipment was  $22.2 million,  $22.8 million  and $23.1  million  for 

fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

8.           Income Taxes 

The income before income taxes, by geographic area, was as follows:

Income before income taxes:

United States
Foreign

Total income before income taxes

Income tax expense consisted of the following:

Current:
Federal
State
Foreign

Total current income tax expense

Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign

Total deferred income tax expense

$

$

$

October 1, 
2017

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2, 
2016
(in thousands)

September 27, 
2015

166,074 $
5,687

113,576 $
10,890

171,761 $

124,466 $

118,822
(38,501)

80,321

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

September 27, 
2015

(in thousands)

45,604 $
8,860
9,337

63,801

(4,251)
(945)
(4,761)

(9,957)

22,277 $
5,634
6,651

34,562

6,231
(16)
(164)

6,051

23,836
5,072
3,773

32,681

7,218
2,335
(1,141)

8,412

Total income tax expense

$

53,844 $

40,613 $

41,093

87

Total income tax expense was different from the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory rate to pre-

tax income as follows:

Tax at federal statutory rate
State taxes, net of federal benefit
Research and Development ("R&D") credit
Domestic production deduction
Tax differential on foreign earnings
Non-taxable foreign interest income
Non-deductible executive compensation
Goodwill and contingent consideration
Stock compensation
Valuation allowance
Change in uncertain tax positions
Other

Total income tax expense

October 1,
2017

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2, 
2016

September 27, 
2015

35.0%
3.4
(1.8)
(0.7)
—
(2.9)
—
—
(2.8)
(0.5)
1.8
(0.2)

31.3%

35.0%
3.1
(3.4)
(0.7)
(1.6)
(3.9)
2.0
—
0.3
2.4
(2.0)
1.4

32.6%

35.0%
5.0
(3.8)
(0.8)
(3.8)
(5.9)
—
19.2
0.5
5.7
—
0.1

51.2%

The effective tax rates for fiscal 2017 and 2016 were 31.3% and 32.6%, respectively. During fiscal 2017, we adopted 
accounting guidance which requires excess tax benefits and deficiencies on share-based payments to be recorded as an income 
tax benefit or expense, respectively, in the statement of income rather than being recorded in additional paid-in capital on the 
balance  sheet.  As  a  result,  we  recognized  an  income  tax  benefit  of  $4.9  million  in  fiscal  2017.  Excluding  this  items,  the 
effective tax rate for fiscal 2017 was 34.2%. In fiscal 2017, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) concluded their examination 
for fiscal years 2010 through 2013, and we recognized a related $1.2 million tax benefit in fiscal 2017.  Additionally, as a result 
of prior-year tax examinations, we made payments to tax authorities totaling approximately $23 million in fiscal 2017.  

In fiscal 2016, we incurred $13.3 million of acquisition and integration expenses and debt pre-payment fees for which 
no tax benefit was recognized. Of this amount, $6.4 million resulted from acquisition expenses that were not tax deductible and 
$6.9 million resulted from integration expenses and debt pre-payment fees incurred in jurisdictions with current and historical 
net operating losses where the related deferred tax asset was fully reserved. Additionally, during the first quarter of fiscal 2016, 
the  Protecting  Americans  from  Tax  Hikes  Act  of  2015  was  signed  into  law  which  permanently  extended  the  R&D  credit 
retroactive  to  January  1,  2015.  Our  income  tax  expense  for  fiscal  2016  included  an  income  tax  benefit  of  $2.0  million 
attributable to operating income during the last nine months of fiscal 2015, primarily related to the retroactive recognition of the 
R&D credit. Excluding these items, the effective tax rate for fiscal 2016 was 30.9%. 

We are currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service for fiscal years 2014 through 2016, and by the 
California Franchise Tax Board for fiscal years 2004 through 2009. We are also subject to various other state audits. With a few 
exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations for fiscal years before 
2010.

88

Temporary  differences  comprising  the  net  deferred  income  tax  liability  shown  on  the  accompanying  consolidated 

balance sheets were as follows:

Deferred Tax Assets:

State taxes
Reserves and contingent liabilities
Allowance for doubtful accounts
Accrued liabilities
Stock-based compensation
Intangibles
Loss carry-forwards
Valuation allowance

Total deferred tax assets

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

Unbilled revenue
Prepaid expense
Intangibles
Property and equipment

Total deferred tax liability

Net deferred tax liabilities

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

(in thousands)

$

598 $

2,941
4,273
22,466
10,069
—
28,261
(25,326)

43,282

(46,408)
(6,253)
(24,328)
(8,311)

(85,300)

697
2,539
3,817
24,663
10,684
—
23,514
(25,447)

40,467

(54,638)
(2,921)
(33,268)
(9,358)

(100,185)

$

(42,018) $

(59,718)

At  October 1,  2017,  undistributed  earnings  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries,  primarily  in  Canada,  amounting  to 
approximately  $68.4  million  are  expected  to  be  permanently  reinvested. Accordingly,  no  provision  for  U.S.  income  taxes  or 
foreign withholding taxes has been made. Upon distribution of those earnings, we would be subject to U.S. income taxes and 
foreign  withholding  taxes. Assuming  the  permanently  reinvested  foreign  earnings  were  repatriated  under  the  laws  and  rates 
applicable at October 1, 2017, the incremental federal tax applicable to those earnings would be approximately $6.2 million.

At  October 1,  2017,  we  had  available  unused  state  net  operating  loss  ("NOL")  carry  forwards  of  $43.7  million  that 
expire at various dates from 2023 to 2036; and available foreign NOL carry forwards of $92.9 million, of which $28.8 million 
expire  at  various  dates  from  2023  to  2037,  and  $64.0  million  have  no  expiration  date. We  have  performed  an  assessment  of 
positive and negative evidence regarding the realization of the deferred tax assets. This assessment included the evaluation of 
scheduled  reversals  of  deferred  tax  liabilities,  availability  of  carrybacks,  cumulative  losses  in  recent  years,  and  estimates of 
projected  future  taxable  income. Although  realization  is  not  assured,  based  on  our  assessment,  we  have  concluded  that  it  is
more likely than not that the assets will be realized except for the assets related to the loss carry-forwards and certain foreign 
intangibles for which a valuation allowance of $25.3 million has been provided.

At  October 1,  2017,  we  had  $9.3  million  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits.  Included  in  the  balance  of  unrecognized  tax 
benefits at the end of fiscal year 2017 were $9.3 million of tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect our effective tax rate. It 
is not expected that there will be a significant change in the unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months. A reconciliation of 
the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

89

Beginning balance
Additions for current year tax positions
Additions for prior year tax positions
Reductions for prior year tax positions
Settlements

Ending balance

October 1,
2017

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2,
2016

(in thousands)

September 27,
2015

$

$

22,786 $
1,060
2,365
(6,875)
(9,999)

9,337 $

21,618 $
2,802
1,466
(3,100)
—

22,786 $

21,717
1,147
2,309
(23)
(3,532)

21,618

We recognize potential interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. During fiscal 
years 2017 and 2016, we accrued additional interest expense of $0.4 million $0.2 million, respectively, and recorded reductions 
in accrued interest of $0.9 million and $0 million, respectively, as a result of audit settlements and other prior-year adjustments. 
The  amount  of  interest  and  penalties  accrued  at October 1,  2017  and  October  2,  2016  was  $1.1  million  and  $1.0  million, 
respectively.

9.           Long-Term Debt 

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

Credit facilities
Other

Total long-term debt
Less: Current portion of long-term debt

Long-term debt, less current portion

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

(in thousands)

$

356,438 $
433

356,871
(15,588)

$

341,283 $

346,813
198

347,011
(15,510)

331,501

On  May 7, 2013, we  entered  into  a  credit  agreement  that provided for  a  $205  million term  loan  facility  and  a $460 
million  revolving  credit  facility  that  was  scheduled  to  mature  in  May  2018.  On  May 29,  2015,  we  entered  into  a  third 
amendment to our credit agreement (as amended, the "Credit Agreement") that extended the maturity date for these facilities to 
May 2020. The Credit Agreement is a $654.8 million senior secured, five-year facility that provides for a $194.8 million term 
loan  facility  (the  "Term  Loan  Facility")  and  a  $460  million  revolving  credit  facility  (the  "Revolving  Credit  Facility").  The 
Credit Agreement allows us to, among other things, finance certain permitted open market repurchases of our common stock, 
permitted acquisitions, and cash dividends and distributions. The Revolving Credit Facility includes a $150 million sublimit for 
the  issuance  of  standby  letters  of  credit,  a  $20  million  sublimit  for  swingline  loans,  and  a  $150  million  sublimit  for 
multicurrency  borrowings.  The  interest  rate  provisions  of  the  Term  Loan  Facility  and  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  did  not 
materially change.

The  Term  Loan  Facility  is  subject  to  quarterly  amortization  of  principal,  with  $10.3  million  payable  in  year  1,  and 
$15.4 million payable in years 2 through 5. The Term Loan may be prepaid at any time without penalty. We may borrow on the 
Revolving Credit Facility, at our option, at either (a) a Eurocurrency rate plus a margin that ranges from 1.15% to 2.00% per 
annum, or (b) a base rate for loans in U.S. dollars (the highest of the U.S. federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, the bank's 
prime rate or the Eurocurrency rate plus1.00%) plus a margin that ranges from 0.15% to 1.00% per annum. In each case, the 
applicable margin is based on our Consolidated Leverage Ratio, calculated quarterly. The Term Loan Facility is subject to the 
same  interest  rate  provisions.  The  interest  rate  of  the  Term  Loan  Facility  at  the  date  of  inception  was  1.57%.  The  Credit 
Agreement expires on May 29, 2020, or earlier at our discretion upon payment in full of loans and other obligations.

90

As  of  October 1,  2017,  we  had  $356.4  million  in  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  Credit Agreement,  which  was 
comprised  of  $161.4  million  under  the  Term  Loan  Facility  and  $195.0  million  under  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  at  a 
weighted-average interest rate of 2.45% per annum. In addition, we had $0.9 million in standby letters of credit under the Credit 
Agreement. Our average effective weighted-average interest rate on borrowings outstanding at October 1, 2017 under the Credit 
Agreement,  including  the  effects  of  interest  rate  swap  agreements  described  in  Note 14,  "Derivative  Financial  Instruments", 
was  2.65%. At  October 1,  2017,  we  had  $264.0  million  of  available  credit  under  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility,  all  of  which 
could be borrowed without a violation of our debt covenants. In addition, we entered into agreements with four banks to issue 
standby letters of credit. The aggregate amount of standby letters of credit outstanding under these additional agreements and
other bank guarantees was $23.9 million, of which $4.9 million was issued in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

The  Credit Agreement  contains  certain  affirmative  and  restrictive  covenants,  and  customary  events  of  default.  The 
financial  covenants  provide  for  a  maximum  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  of  3.00  to  1.00  (total  funded  debt/EBITDA,  as 
defined  in  the  Credit Agreement)  and  a  minimum  Consolidated  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio  of  1.25  to  1.00  (EBITDA,  as 
defined  in  the  Credit Agreement  minus  capital  expenditures/cash  interest  plus  taxes  plus  principal  payments  of  indebtedness 
including capital leases, notes and post-acquisition payments).

At  October 1,  2017,  we  were  in  compliance  with  these  covenants  with  a  consolidated  leverage  ratio  of  1.62x  and  a 
consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 2.27x. Our obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by certain of our 
subsidiaries  and  are  secured  by  first  priority  liens  on  (i) the  equity  interests  of  certain  of  our  subsidiaries,  including  those 
subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers under the Credit Agreement, and (ii) our accounts receivable, general intangibles 
and intercompany loans, and those of our subsidiaries that are guarantors or borrowers.

At the time of the acquisition, Coffey had an existing secured credit facility with a bank, comprised of an overdraft 
facility, a term facility and a bank guaranty facility. This facility was amended in March 2016 to extend the term to April 2016, 
and allow for the issuance of a parent guarantee and release of certain subsidiary guarantors. The facility was amended again to 
provide for a secured AUD$30 million facility, which may be used by Coffey for bank overdrafts, short-term cash advances or 
bank guarantees. This facility expired in April 2017, and prior to its expiration, a new facility was entered into with a new bank 
to provide for an AUD$30 million facility, which may be used by Coffey for bank overdrafts, short-term cash advances or bank 
guarantees.  This  facility  expires  in  March  2019  and  is  secured  by  a  parent  guarantee.  At  October 1,  2017,  there  were  no 
borrowings outstanding under this facility; bank guarantees outstanding were $5.6 million, which was issued in currencies other 
than the U.S. dollar.

The following table presents scheduled maturities of our long-term debt:

2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Beyond

Total

Amount
(in thousands)

$

$

15,588
15,595
325,688
—
—
—

356,871

91

10.         Leases

We lease office and field equipment, vehicles and buildings under various operating leases. In fiscal 2017, 2016 and 
2015, we recognized $71.3 million, $75.0 million and $66.4 million of expense associated with operating leases, respectively.
The following are amounts payable under non-cancelable operating and capital lease commitments for the next five fiscal years 
and beyond:

2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
Beyond

Total

Less: Amounts representing interest

Net present value

Operating

Capital

(in thousands)

$

77,854 $
62,634
45,906
28,740
17,261
21,770

$

254,165 $

$

158
211
—
—
—
—

369

2
367

We  vacated  certain  facilities  under  long-term  non-cancelable  leases  and  recorded  contract  termination  costs  of  $2.9 
million in fiscal 2016. These amounts were initially measured at the fair value of the portion of the lease payments associated 
with the vacated facilities, reduced by estimated sublease rentals, less the write off of a prorated portion of existing deferred 
items  previously  recognized  on  these  leases.  We  expect  the  remaining  lease  payments  to  be  paid  through  the  various  lease 
expiration dates that continue until 2025.

We  initially  measured  the  lease  contract  termination  liability  at  the  fair  value  of  the  prorated  portion  of  the  lease 
payments associated with the vacated facilities, reduced by estimated sublease rentals and other costs. If the actual timing and 
potential termination costs or realization of sublease income differ from our estimates, the resulting liabilities could vary from 
recorded amounts. These liabilities are reviewed periodically and adjusted when necessary.

The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of these liabilities related to lease contract 

termination costs:

Balance at September 27, 2015
Cost transfer between groups
Cost incurred and charged to expense
Adjustments (1)

Balance at October 2, 2016

Adjustments (1)

Balance at October 1, 2017

WEI

RME

RCM

Total

(in thousands)

$

531 $
637
1,418
(1,034)

1,552
(1,009)

2,461 $
(637)
749
(1,060)

1,513
(365)

$

543 $

1,148 $

177 $
—
—
(138)

39 $
(36)

3 $

3,169
—
2,167
(2,232)

3,104
(1,410)

1,694

(1) Adjustments of the actual timing and potential termination costs or realization of sublease income.

92

11.

Stockholders' Equity and Stock Compensation Plans

At October 1, 2017, we had the following stock-based compensation plans:

•

•

•

Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("  ESPP"  ).  Purchase rights to purchase common stock are granted to our eligible
full and part-time employees, and shares of common stock are issued upon exercise of the purchase rights. An
aggregate of 2,373,290 shares may be issued pursuant to such exercise. The maximum amount that an employee
can contribute during a purchase right period is $5,000. The exercise price of a purchase right is the lesser of
100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the first day of the purchase right period or 85%
of  the  fair  market  value  on  the  last  day  of  the  purchase  right  period  (December 15,  or  the  business  day
preceding December 15 if December 15 is not a business day).

2005  Equity  Incentive  Plan ("2005  EIP").  Key  employees  and  non-employee  directors  may  be  granted  equity
awards,  including  stock  options,  restricted  stock  and  restricted  stock units  ("RSUs").  Options  granted  before
March 6, 2006 vested at 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date, and the balance vests monthly thereafter,
such that these options become fully vested no later than four years from the date of grant. These options expire
no later than ten years from the date of grant. Options granted on and after March 6, 2006 vest at 25% on each
anniversary of the grant date. These options expire no later than eight years from the grant date. RSUs granted
to date vest at 25% on each anniversary of the grant date.

Our  Compensation  Committee  has  also  awarded  restricted  stock  to  executive  officers  and  non-employee
directors under the 2005 EIP. Restricted stock grants generally vest over a minimum three-year period, and may
be performance-based, determined by EPS growth, or service-based. No awards have made under the 2005 EIP
since the adoption of the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan described below.

2015  Equity  Incentive  Plan ("2015  EIP").  Key  employees  and  non-employee  directors  may  be  granted  equity
awards,  including  stock  options,  performance  share  units  ("PSUs")  and  RSUs.  Shares  issued  with  respect  to
awards granted under the 2015 EIP other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, which are referred to as
"full value awards", are counted against the 2015 EIP's aggregate share limit as three shares for every share or
unit actually issued. At October 1, 2017, there were 2.6 million shares available for future awards pursuant to
the 2015 EIP.

The stock-based compensation and related income tax benefits were as follows:

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

September 27, 
2015

(in thousands)

Total stock-based compensation
Income tax benefit related to stock-based compensation

Stock-based compensation, net of tax benefit

$

$

13,450 $
(4,715)

8,735 $

12,964 $
(4,656)

8,308 $

10,926
(3,811)

7,115

93

Stock Options

Stock option activity for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2017 was as follows:

Number of
Options
(in thousands)

Weighted- 
Average
Exercise Price
per Share

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)

Outstanding on October 2, 2016

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited

Outstanding at October 1, 2017

Vested or expected to vest at October 1, 2017
Exercisable on October 1, 2017

2,367 $
183
(791)
(6)

1,753

1,696
1,242

24.88
40.67
44.19
17.72

27.18

27.31
25.10

$

4.59

4.50
3.43

33,963

32,640
26,636

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total intrinsic value (the difference between our closing 
stock  price  on  the  last  trading  day  of  fiscal  2017  and  the  exercise  price,  times  the  number  of  shares)  that  would  have  been 
received by the in-the-money option holders if they had exercised their options on October 1, 2017. This amount will change 
based  on  the  fair  market  value  of  our  stock.  At  October 1,  2017,  we  expect  to  recognize  $3.5  million  of  unrecognized 
compensation cost related to stock option grants over a weighted-average period of 2 years.

The weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $12.35, $8.05 and 
$8.20, respectively. The  aggregate  intrinsic value  of  options exercised during  fiscal  2017, 2016  and 2015 was  $16.4  million, 
$7.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

The fair value of our stock options was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. 

The following assumptions were used in the calculation:

October 1, 
2017

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2, 
2016

September 27, 
2015

Dividend yield
Expected stock price volatility
Risk-free rate of return, annual

1.0%

1.2%
36.1% -  38.8% 36.1% -  38.8% 36.2% -  38.8%
1.5% -  1.7%
1.6% -  1.8%
1.7% -  1.9%

1.0%

For  purposes  of  the  Black-Scholes  model,  forfeitures  were  estimated  based  on  historical  experience.  For  the  fiscal 
2017,  2016  and  2015 year-ends,  we  based  our  expected  stock  price  volatility  on  historical  volatility  behavior  and  current 
implied volatility behavior. Our risk-free rate of return was based on constant maturity rates provided by the U.S. Treasury. The 
expected life was based on historical experience.

Net cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options were $18.6 million, $18.0 million and $10.8 million for fiscal 
2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Our policy is to issue shares from our authorized shares upon the exercise of stock options. 
The actual income tax benefit realized from exercises of nonqualified stock options and disqualifying dispositions of qualified 
options for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $4.9 million, $5.3 million and $3.0 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock, PSUs and RSUs

The fair value of the total compensation cost of each restricted stock award was determined at the date of grant using 
the  market  price  of  the  underlying  common  stock  as  of  the  date  of  grant.  For  performance-based  awards,  our  expected 
performance is reviewed to estimate the percentage of shares that will vest. The total compensation cost of the awards is then
amortized over their applicable vesting period on a straight-line basis.

94

Restricted stock activity for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2017 was as follows:

Nonvested balance at October 2, 2016

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Nonvested balance at October 1, 2017

Vested or expected to vest at October 1, 2017

Number of
Shares
(in 
thousands)

Weighted- 
Average 
Grant
Date Fair
Value

35 $
14
(49)
—

—

—

28.58
28.58
28.58
—

—

—

In fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, we did not award shares of restricted stock to our executive officers or non-employee 

directors.

PSU activity for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2017 was as follows:

Nonvested balance at October 2, 2016

Granted

Nonvested balance at October 1, 2017

Number of
Shares
(in 
thousands)

Weighted- 
Average 
Grant
Date Fair
Value

277 $
99

376

31.65
48.36

36.05

In fiscal 2017, we awarded 99,180 PSUs to our executive officers and non-employee directors at the weighted-average 
fair value of $48.36 per share on the award date. All of the PSUs are performance-based and vest, if at all, after the conclusion 
of the three-year performance period. The number of PSUs that ultimately vest is based 50% on the growth in our EPS and 50% 
on our relative total shareholder return over the vesting period.

In  fiscal  2016,  we  awarded  137,777  PSUs  to  our  executive  officers  and  non-employee  directors  at  the  weighted-
average fair value of $31.63 per share on the award date. All of the PSUs are performance-based and vest, if at all, after the 
conclusion of the three-year performance period. The number of PSUs that ultimately vest is based 50% on the growth in our 
EPS and 50% on our relative total shareholder return over the vesting period.

RSU activity for the fiscal year ended October 1, 2017 was as follows:

Nonvested balance at October 2, 2016

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Nonvested balance at October 1, 2017

Number of
Shares
(in thousands)

Weighted- 
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value

499 $
226
(186)
(28)

511

27.16
41.00
26.98
30.15

33.19

In  fiscal  2017,  we  also  awarded  226,241  RSUs  to  our  key  employees  and  non-employee  directors  at  a  weighted 
average  fair  value  of  $41.00  per  share  on  the  award  date. All  of  the  RSUs  have  time-based  vesting  over  a  four-year  period, 
except  that  RSUs  awarded  to  directors  vest  after  one  year. At  October 1,  2017,  there  were  510,975  RSUs  outstanding.  RSU 
forfeitures  result  from  employment  terminations  prior  to  vesting.  Forfeited  shares  return  to  the  pool  of  authorized  shares 
available for award.

95

In fiscal 2016, we awarded 216,539 RSUs to our key employees and non-employee directors at the weighted average 
fair value of $27.14 per share on the award date. All of the RSUs have time-based vesting over a four-year period, except that 
RSUs  awarded  to  directors  vest  after  one  year. At  October 2,  2016,  there  were  499,021 RSUs  outstanding.  RSU  forfeitures 
result  from  employment  terminations  prior  to  vesting.  Forfeited  RSUs  return  to  the  pool  of  authorized  shares  available  for 
award.

The  stock-based  compensation  expense  related  to  restricted  stock,  PSUs  and  RSUs  for  fiscal  years  2017,  2016 and 
2015  was  $10.6  million,  $10.3  million  and  $7.5  million,  respectively,  and  was  included  in  total  stock-based  compensation 
expense. At October 1, 2017, there was $15.1 million of unrecognized compensation costs related to restricted stock, PSUs and 
RSUs that will be substantially recognized by the end of fiscal 2019.

ESPP

The following table summarizes shares purchased, weighted-average purchase price, cash received and the aggregate 

intrinsic value for shares purchased under the ESPP:

Shares purchased
Weighted-average purchase price
Cash received from exercise of purchase rights
Aggregate intrinsic value

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

September 27, 
2015

(in thousands, except for purchase price)

190
26.02 $
4,940 $
— $

$
$
$

209
22.54 $
4,707 $
710 $

243
21.44
5,204
1,277

The grant date fair value of each award granted under the ESPP was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing 

model with the following assumptions:

Dividend yield
Expected stock price volatility
Risk-free rate of return, annual
Expected life (in years)

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

September 27, 
2015

1.0%
22.4%
0.9%
1 

1.3%
23.7%
0.2%
1 

1.1%
23.7%
0.2%
1 

For  fiscal  2017,  2016  and  2015,  we  based  our  expected  stock  price  volatility  on  historical  volatility  behavior  and 
current  implied  volatility  behavior.  The  risk-free  rate  of  return  was  based  on  constant  maturity  rates  provided  by  the  U.S. 
Treasury. The expected life was based on the ESPP terms and conditions.

Included in stock-based compensation expense for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $0.5 million, $0.4 million and $0.6 
million, respectively, related to the ESPP. The unrecognized stock-based compensation costs for awards granted under the ESPP 
at October 1, 2017 and October 2, 2016 were $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively. At October 1, 2017, ESPP participants 
had accumulated $3.1 million to purchase our common stock.

12.         Retirement Plans

We have established defined contribution plans including 401(k) plans. Generally, employees are eligible to participate 
in  the  defined  contribution  plans  upon  completion  of  one  year  of  service  and  in  the  401(k)  plans  upon  commencement  of 
employment. For fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, employer contributions to the plans were $11.4 million, $10.7 million and $9.8 
million, respectively.

96

We  have  established  a  non-qualified  deferred  compensation  plan  for  certain  key  employees  and  non-employee 
directors. Eligible employees and non-employee directors may elect to defer the receipt of salary, incentive payments, restricted 
stock,  PSU  and  RSU  awards,  and  non-employee  director  fees,  which  are  generally  invested  by  us  in  individual  variable  life 
insurance contracts we own that are designed to informally fund savings plans of this nature. At October 1, 2017 and October 2, 
2016,  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  reflect  assets  of  $25.0  million  and  $20.9  million,  respectively,  related  to  the  deferred
compensation plan in "Other long-term assets," and liabilities of $25.2 million and $20.8 million, respectively, related to the 
deferred compensation plan in "Other long-term liabilities."

13.         Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the number of weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted EPS:

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

September 27, 
2015

(in thousands, except per share data)

Net income attributable to Tetra Tech

$

117,874 $

83,783 $

Weighted-average common shares outstanding – basic
Effect of diluted stock options and unvested restricted stock

Weighted-average common stock outstanding – diluted

56,911
1,002

57,913

58,186
780

58,966

Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech:

Basic

Diluted

$

$

2.07 $

2.04 $

1.44 $

1.42 $

39,074

60,913
619

61,532

0.64

0.64

For  fiscal  2017  and  2016,  no  options  were  excluded  from  the  calculation  of  dilutive  potential  common  shares.  For 
fiscal 2015, 1.0 million options were excluded from the calculation of dilutive potential common shares. These options were not 
included in the computation of dilutive potential common shares because the assumed proceeds per share exceeded the average 
market price per share for that period. Therefore, their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive.

14.         Derivative Financial Instruments 

We use certain interest rate derivative contracts to hedge interest rate exposures on our variable rate debt. We enter into 
foreign currency derivative contracts with financial institutions to reduce the risk that cash flows and earnings will be adversely 
affected  by  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations.  Our  hedging  program  is  not  designated  for  trading  or  speculative 
purposes.

We recognize derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at 
fair value. We record changes in the fair value (i.e., gains or losses) of the derivatives that have been designated as cash flow 
hedges  in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets  as  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss),  and  in  our  consolidated 
statements of income for those derivatives designated as fair value hedges.

In fiscal 2013, we entered into three interest rate swap agreements that we have designated as cash flow hedges to fix 
the variable interest rates on a portion of borrowings under our term loan facility. In the first quarter of fiscal 2014, we entered 
into  two  interest  rate  swap  agreements  that  we  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  to  fix  the  variable  interest  rates  on  the 
borrowings under our term loan facility. At October 1, 2017 and October 2, 2016, the effective portion of our interest rate swap 
agreements designated as cash flow hedges before tax effect was $(0.05) million and $1.6 million, respectively, all of which we 
expect to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to interest expense within the next 12 months.

97

As of October 1, 2017, the notional principal, fixed rates and related expiration dates of our outstanding interest rate 

swap agreements are as follows:

Notional Amount
(in thousands)

$40,359
40,359
40,359
20,180
20,180

Fixed
Rate

1.36%
1.34%
1.35%
1.23%
1.24%

Expiration
Date

May 2018
May 2018
May 2018
May 2018
May 2018

The fair values of our outstanding derivatives designated as hedging instruments were as follows:

Balance Sheet Location

Fair Value of Derivative
Instruments as of

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

(in thousands)

Interest rate swap agreements

Other current assets (liabilities)

$

49 $

(1,572)

The  impact  of  the  effective  portions  of  derivative  instruments  in  cash  flow  hedging  relationships  and  fair  value 
relationships  on  income  and  other  comprehensive  income  was  immaterial  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  October 1,  2017  and 
October 2,  2016.  Additionally, there  were  no  ineffective  portions  of  derivative  instruments.  Accordingly,  no  amounts  were 
excluded  from  effectiveness  testing  for  our  interest  rate  swap  agreements.  We  had  no  derivative  instruments  that  were  not 
designated as hedging instruments for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015.

15.         Reclassifications Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The accumulated balances and reporting period activities for fiscal 2017 and 2016 related to reclassifications out of 

accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are summarized as follows:

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Gain (Loss)
on Derivative
Instruments

(in thousands)

Balances at September 27, 2015
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

Interest rate contracts, net of tax (1)

Net current-period other comprehensive income
Balances at October 2, 2016
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

Interest rate contracts, net of tax (1)

Net current-period other comprehensive income
Balances at October 1, 2017

$

$

$

(141,229) $
14,389

—

14,389
(126,840) $
27,894

—

27,894
(98,946) $

(1,942) $
2,718

(1,944)

774
(1,168) $
2,363

(749)

1,614

446 $

(143,171)
17,107

(1,944)

15,163
(128,008)
30,257

(749)

29,508
(98,500)

(1)

This accumulated other comprehensive component is reclassified to "Interest expense" in our consolidated statements of income. See 
Note 14, "Derivative Financial Instruments", for more information.

98

16.         Fair Value Measurements

Derivative Instruments.    For additional information about our derivative financial instruments (see Note 2, "Basis of 

Presentation and Preparation" and Note 14, "Derivative Financial Instruments").

Contingent  Consideration.    We  measure  our  contingent  earn-out  liabilities  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  (see 

Note 2, "Basis of Presentation and Preparation" and Note 5, "Mergers and Acquisitions" for further information).

Debt.    The  fair  value  of  long-term  debt  was  determined  using  the  present  value  of  future  cash  flows  based  on  the 
borrowing rates  currently  available  for debt  with  similar  terms  and  maturities  (Level 2 measurement, as described  in Note 2, 
"Basis  of  Presentation  and  Preparation –  Fair  Value  of  Financial  Instruments").  The  carrying  value  of  our  long-term  debt 
approximated  fair  value  at  October 1,  2017  and  October 2,  2016. At  October 1,  2017,  we  had  borrowings  of  $356.4  million 
outstanding  under  our  Credit Agreement,  which  were  used  to  fund  our  business  acquisitions,  working  capital  needs,  capital 
expenditures and contingent earn-outs (see Note 9, "Long-Term Debt" for more information).

17.         Commitments and Contingencies 

We  are  subject  to  certain  claims  and  lawsuits  typically  filed  against  the  engineering,  consulting  and  construction 
profession,  alleging  primarily  professional  errors  or  omissions.  We  carry  professional  liability  insurance,  subject  to  certain
deductibles  and  policy  limits,  against  such  claims.  However,  in  some  actions,  parties  are  seeking  damages  that  exceed  our 
insurance coverage or for which we are not insured. While management does not believe that the resolution of these claims will 
have  a  material  adverse  effect,  individually  or  in  aggregate,  on  our  financial  position, results  of  operations  or  cash  flows, 
management acknowledges the uncertainty surrounding the ultimate resolution of these matters.

18.         Reportable Segments 

Our reportable segments are described as follows:

WEI:    WEI  provides consulting  and  engineering  services  worldwide  for  a  broad  range  of  water  and  infrastructure-
related  needs  in  both  developed  and  emerging  economies.  WEI  supports  both  public  and  private  clients  including  federal, 
state/provincial,  and  local  governments,  and  global  and  local  commercial  clients.  The  primary  markets  for  WEI’s  services 
include water resources analysis and water management, environmental restoration, government consulting, and a broad range 
of civil infrastructure master planning and engineering design for facilities, transportation, and regional and local development. 
WEI’s  services  span  from  early  data  collection  and  monitoring,  to  data  analysis  and  information  technology,  to  science  and 
engineering applied research, to engineering design, to construction management and operations and maintenance.

RME:    RME provides consulting and engineering services worldwide for a broad range of resource management and 
energy needs. RME supports both private and public clients, including global industrial and commercial clients, U.S. federal 
agencies  in  large  scale  remediation,  and  major  international  development  agencies. The  primary  markets for  RME’s  services 
include  natural  resources,  energy,  international  development,  remediation,  waste  management  and  utilities.  RME’s  services 
span from early data collection and monitoring, to data analysis and information technology, to science and engineering applied 
research, to engineering design, to construction management and operations and maintenance. RME also supports engineering, 
procurement and construction management (“EPCM”) for full service implementation of commercial projects.

RCM:    We  report  the  results  of  the  wind-down  of  our  non-core  construction  activities  in  the  RCM  reportable 

segment. The remaining work to be performed in this segment will be substantially completed in calendar 2017.

Management  evaluates  the  performance of these reportable  segments  based upon  their  respective  segment  operating 
income before the effect of amortization expense related to acquisitions, and other unallocated corporate expenses. We account 
for inter-segment sales and transfers as if the sales and transfers were to third parties; that is, by applying a negotiated fee onto 
the costs of the services performed. All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. In 
fiscal 2016, the Corporate segment operating losses included $19.5 million of acquisition and integration expenses, as described 
in Note 5, "Mergers and Acquisitions ".

99

The following tables set forth summarized financial information concerning our reportable segments:

Reportable Segments

Revenue

WEI
RME
RCM
Elimination of inter-segment revenue

Total revenue

Operating Income (Loss)

WEI
RME
RCM
Corporate (1)

Total operating income

Depreciation

WEI
RME
RCM
Corporate

Total depreciation

Fiscal Year Ended

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

September 27, 
2015

(in thousands)

1,146,366 $
1,666,364
18,207
(77,577)

1,028,281 $
1,569,702
52,150
(66,664)

993,631
1,282,046
86,575
(62,931)

2,753,360 $

2,583,469 $

2,299,321

117,894 $
111,122
(14,712)
(30,962)

95,996 $
112,202
(11,834)
(60,509)

183,342 $

135,855 $

4,690 $

4,797 $

15,142
1,062
1,313

15,703
736
1,520

22,207 $

22,756 $

93,142
93,359
(8,614)
(90,203)

87,684

5,335
13,342
1,801
2,632

23,110

$

$

$

$

$

$

(1)

Includes goodwill and other intangible assets impairment charges, amortization of intangibles, other costs and other income not allocable 
to  segments.  The  impairment  charges  of  $60.8  million  for  fiscal  2015  was  recorded  at  Corporate.  The  intangible  asset  amortization 
expense for fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 was 22.8 million, $22.1 million and 20.2 million, respectively. Corporate results also included 
income (loss) for fair value adjustments to contingent consideration liabilities of 6.9 million, $(2.8) million and $3.1 million for fiscal 
2017,  2016  and  2015,  respectively.  Fiscal  2016  also  included  19.5  million  of  acquisition  and  integration  related  expenses  recorded  at 
Corporate.

Total Assets

WEI
RME
RCM
Corporate (1)

Total assets

October 1, 
2017

October 2, 
2016

(in thousands)

$

354,709 $
555,485
33,620
958,931

308,438
522,895
39,107
930,339

$

1,902,745 $

1,800,779

(1) Corporate  assets  consist  of  intercompany  eliminations  and  assets  not  allocated  to  segments  including  goodwill,  intangible  assets, 

deferred income taxes and certain other assets.

100

Geographic Information

October 1, 2017

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2, 2016

September 27, 2015

Long-
Lived
Assets (2)

Long-
Lived
Assets (2)

Revenue

Revenue

Revenue

United States
Foreign countries (1)

$ 2,018,841 $
734,519

58,965 $ 1,858,551 $
34,183

724,918

59,334 $ 1,734,439 $
39,067

564,882

Long-
Lived
Assets (2)
61,526
32,230

(1)

(2)

Includes revenue generated from our foreign operations, primarily in Canada and Australia, and revenue generated from non-U.S. clients. 
Long-lived assets consist primarily of amounts from our Canadian operations.

Excludes goodwill and other intangible assets.

Major Clients

Other than the U.S. federal government, we had no single client that accounted for more than 10% of our revenue. All 

of our segments generated revenue from all client sectors.

The following table presents our revenue by client sector:

Client Sector
International (1)
U.S commercial
U.S. federal government (2)
U.S. state and local government

Total

October 1, 
2017

Fiscal Year Ended
October 2, 
2016
(in thousands)

September 27, 
2015

$

734,519 $
764,643
901,136
353,062

724,918 $
763,443
784,368
310,740

564,882
736,815
709,600
288,024

$

2,753,360 $

2,583,469 $

2,299,321

(1)

(2)

Includes revenue generated from foreign operations, primarily in Canada and Australia, and revenue generated from non-U.S. clients.

Includes revenue generated under U.S. federal government contracts performed outside the United States.

19.         Quarterly Financial Information – Unaudited

In the opinion of management, the following unaudited quarterly data for the fiscal years ended October 1, 2017 and 

October 2, 2016 reflect all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations.

In  fiscal  2016,  we  incurred  Coffey-related  acquisition  and  integration  expenses  totaling  $19.5  million.  These  costs 
were recognized in the second, third, and fourth quarters of fiscal 2016 in the amounts of $15.9 million, $1.0 million, and $2.6 
million, respectively. In addition, interest expense in fiscal 2016 includes Coffey-related debt pre-payment fees of $1.9 million 
that were incurred in the second quarter.

101

Fiscal Year 2017

Revenue
Operating income
Net income attributable to Tetra Tech
Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech (1):

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

Fiscal Year 2016

Revenue
Operating income
Net income attributable to Tetra Tech
Earnings per share attributable to Tetra Tech (1):

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

Basic

Diluted

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

(in thousands, except per share data)

$

$

$

$

$

$

668,851 $
39,855
26,562

663,781 $
42,956
26,862

685,539 $
45,884
29,983

735,188
54,647
34,467

0.47 $

0.46 $

0.47 $

0.46 $

0.52 $

0.52 $

0.61

0.60

57,099

58,145

57,270

58,270

57,184

58,161

56,338

57,326

560,708 $
32,930
23,239

627,384 $
16,650
3,744

666,869 $
39,085
25,694

728,508
47,190
31,106

0.39 $

0.39 $

0.06 $

0.06 $

0.44 $

0.44 $

0.54

0.53

59,058

59,793

58,451

59,131

57,796

58,616

57,309

58,192

(1)

The sum of the quarterly EPS may not add up to the full-year EPS due to rounding.

102

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)(cid:3)Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures and changes in internal control over financial reporting

(cid:3) At  October 1,  2017,  we  carried  out  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of our
disclosure controls  and  procedures.  Based  on  our  management's  evaluation  (with  the  participation  of  our  principal 
executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer),  our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  have 
concluded  that,  as  of  the  end  of  the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 
13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act), were effective. 

(cid:3)Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

(cid:3)(cid:3)Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. 
As defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f),
internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or
under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officer and effected by our Board of Directors,
management and other  personnel  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and 
the  preparation  of  consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP.  Internal  controls 
include those policies and  procedures  that  (i) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that  in  reasonable  detail  accurately 
and fairly reflect
the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are
recorded  as  necessary  to  permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and that our receipts and 
expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide
reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or  disposition  of  our  assets 
that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. Because of its inherent
internal
reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of 
control over
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may  deteriorate.  Accordingly,  even  effective 
internal control over financial reporting can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives. 

limitations,

financial

(cid:3)(cid:3)Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and 
Chief Financial Officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at October 1, 2017, based 
on the criteria in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO. Based upon this assessment,
management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective at October 1, 2017, at a reasonable 
assurance level. 

(cid:3) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP,

the
consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K, has issued a report on our internal control over financial 
reporting. This report, dated November 20, 2017, appears on page 57 of this Form 10-K.

independent

accounting

firm that

registered

audited

public

the

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

(cid:3)(cid:3)There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended October 1,
2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B.

Other Information
(cid:3)
None.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III 

(cid:3)(cid:3)The information  required  by  this  item  relating to  our  directors  and  nominees,  regarding  compliance  with  Section 
16(a) of the Exchange Act, and regarding our Audit Committee is included under the captions "Item No. 1 –  Election of
Directors" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in our Proxy Statement related to the 2018
Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated by reference. 

103

Pursuant  to  General  Instruction G(3)  of  Form 10-K,  the  information  required  by  this  item  relating  to  our  executive 

officers is included under the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Part I of this Report.

We  have  adopted  a  code  of  ethics  that  applies  to  our  principal  executive  officer  and  all  members  of  our  finance 
department,  including  our  principal  financial  officer  and  principal  accounting  officer.  This  code  of  ethics,  entitled  "Finance 
Code of Professional Conduct," is posted on our website. The Internet address for our website is www.tetratech.com, and the 
code of ethics may be found through a link to the Investor Relations section of our website.

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K for any amendment to, or waiver from, a 

provision of this code of ethics by posting any such information on our website, at the address and location specified above.

Item 11.    Executive Compensation

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  included  under  the  captions  "Item  No. 1 –  Election  of  Directors"  and 
"Executive  Compensation  Tables"  in  our  Proxy  Statement  related  to  the  2018  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  and  is 
incorporated by reference.

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The  information  required  by  this  item  relating  to  security  ownership  of  certain  beneficial  owners  and  management, 
and securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, is included under the caption "Security Ownership of 
Management and Significant Stockholders" in our Proxy Statement related to the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is 
incorporated by reference.

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item relating to review, approval or ratification of transactions with related persons is 
included  under  the  caption  "Related  Person  Transactions,"  and  the  information  required  by  this  item  relating  to  director 
independence is included under the caption "Item No. 1 – Election of Directors," in each case in our Proxy Statement related to 
the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated by reference.

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The  information  required  by  this  item  is  included  under  the  caption  "Item  No. 4 –  Ratification  of  Independent 
Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm"  in  our  Proxy  Statement  related  to  the  2018  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  and  is 
incorporated by reference.

Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a.) 1. Financial Statements

PART IV

The Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page 63 is incorporated by reference as 
the list of financial statements required as part of this Report.

2. Financial Statement Schedule

The Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page 63 is incorporated by reference as the
list of financial statement schedules required as part of this Report.

3. Exhibits

(cid:55)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:72)(cid:91)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:44)(cid:81)(cid:71)(cid:72)(cid:91)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:82)(cid:3)(cid:40)(cid:91)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:81)(cid:3)(cid:83)(cid:68)(cid:74)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:20)(cid:19)(cid:25)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:76)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:83)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:68)(cid:87)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:69)(cid:92)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:73)(cid:72)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:81)(cid:70)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:72)(cid:3)(cid:79)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:3)(cid:72)(cid:91)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:69)(cid:76)(cid:87)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:84)(cid:88)(cid:76)(cid:85)(cid:72)(cid:71)(cid:3)(cid:68)(cid:86)(cid:3)
(cid:83)(cid:68)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:3)(cid:82)(cid:73)(cid:3)(cid:87)(cid:75)(cid:76)(cid:86)(cid:3)(cid:53)(cid:72)(cid:83)(cid:82)(cid:85)(cid:87)(cid:17)

104

TETRA TECH, INC.
SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

For the Fiscal Years Ended
September 27, 2015, October 2, 2016 and October 1, 2017
(in thousands)

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

Fiscal 2015
Fiscal 2016
Fiscal 2017

Income tax valuation allowance:

Fiscal 2015
Fiscal 2016
Fiscal 2017

Balance at
Beginning of
Period

Charged to
Costs, Expenses
and Revenue

Deductions (1) Other (2)

Balance at
End of Period

$

$

39,780 $
31,490
35,233

7,576 $
7,791
25,447

(1,034) $
8,082
2,848

(5,965)
(12,191)
(6,233)

(1,291) $
7,852
411

4,609 $
3,856
(121)

— $
—
—

(4,394) $
13,800
—

31,490
35,233
32,259

7,791
25,447
25,326

(1)

(2)

Primarily represents uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.

Includes allowances from new business acquisitions, loss in foreign jurisdictions, currency adjustments, and valuation allowance 
adjustments related to net operating loss carry-forwards.

105

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

3.1 Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Company  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.1  to  the  Company's 

Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 26, 2009).

3.2 Bylaws  of  the  Company  (amended  and  restated  as  of April  2009)  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 3.1  to  the 
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 24, 2009), and amended as of November 7, 2016 (incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 9, 2016).

10.1 Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  dated  as  of  May 7,  2013  among  Tetra  Tech, Inc.,  Tetra  Tech Canada 
Holding Corporation, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 9, 2013).

10.2 Amendment No. 1 dated as of September 27, 2013 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 7, 
2013 among Tetra Tech, Inc., Tetra Tech Canada Holding Corporation, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, 
N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.1  to  the  Company's  Current  Report  on
Form 8-K dated September 27, 2013).

10.3 Amendment No. 2 dated as of June 23, 2014 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 7, 2013 
among Tetra Tech, Inc., Tetra Tech Canada Holding Corporation, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., 
as Administrative Agent  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.1  to  the  Company's  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K 
dated June 23, 2014).

10.4 Amendment No. 3 dated as of May 29, 2015 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 7, 2013 
(as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of September 27, 2013 and Amendment No. 2 dated as of June 23, 2014) 
among Tetra Tech, Inc., Tetra Tech  Canada  Holding  Corporation,  Bank  of America,  N.A.,  as Administrative Agent, 
L/C Issuer and a Lender, U.S. Bank National Association,  as L/C Issuer and a Lender, and the other Lenders party 
thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 2, 2015).

10.5 Amendment No. 4 dated as of July 14, 2016 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 7, 2013 
(as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of September 27, 2013, Amendment No. 2 dated as of June 23, 2014 and 
Amendment No. 3 dated as of May 29, 2015) among Tetra Tech, Inc., Tetra Tech Canada Holding Corporation, Bank 
of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and a Lender, U.S. Bank National Association, as L/C Issuer 
and  a  Lender,  and  the  other  Lenders  party  thereto  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.1  to  the  Company's 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 26, 2016).

10.6 Amendment No. 5 dated as of September 1, 2017 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May 7, 
2013 (as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement dated as of September 27, 2013, Amendment No. 2 to 
Credit Agreement dated as of June 23, 2014, Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement dated as of May 29, 2015, and 
Amendment No. 4 to Credit Agreement dated as of July 14, 2016) among Tetra Tech, Inc., Tetra Tech Canada Holding 
Corporation,  Bank  of  America,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent,  L/C  Issuer  and  a  Lender,  U.S.  Bank  National 
Association, as L/C Issuer and a Lender, and the other Lenders party thereto.+

10.7 Amended  and  Restated  Security  Agreement  dated  as  of  May 7,  2013  made  by  Tetra  Tech, Inc.  and  certain  of  its 
subsidiaries in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to 
the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 9, 2013).

10.8 Security  Agreement  dated  as  of  May 7,  2013  made  by  Tetra  Tech  Canada  Holding  Corporation  and  certain  of  its 
subsidiaries in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to 
the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 9, 2013).

10.9 Amended  and  Restated  Pledge  Agreement  dated  as  of  May 7,  2013 made  by  Tetra  Tech, Inc.  and  certain  of  its 
subsidiaries in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to 
the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 9, 2013).

10.10 Pledge  Agreement  dated  as  of  May 7,  2013  made  by  Tetra  Tech  Canada  Holding  Corporation  and  certain  of  its 
subsidiaries in favor of Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to 
the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 9, 2013).

10.11 Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.2  to  the  Company's  Annual  Report  on 

Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2012).

106

10.12 2005  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (as  amended  through  November 7,  2011)  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's 

Proxy Statement for its 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders held on February 28, 2012).*

10.13 First  Amendment  to  the  2005  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (as  amended  through  November 7,  2011)  (incorporated  by 
reference  to  Exhibit 10.9  to  the  Company's Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September 29, 
2013).*

10.14 2015  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  the  Company's  Proxy  Statement  for  its  2015  Annual 

Meeting of Stockholders held on March 5, 2015).*

10.15 Form  of  Indemnity Agreement  entered  into  between  the  Company  and  each  of  its  directors  and  executive  officers 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
October 3, 2004).*

10.16 Deferred  Compensation  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.17  to  the  Company's  Annual  Report  on 

Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2007).*

10.17 Amendment to Deferred Compensation Plan dated November 14, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to 

the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2013).*

10.18 Amended and Restated Change of Control Agreement with Dan L. Batrack dated November 7, 2016 (incorporated by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.17  to  the  Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  October  2, 
2016).*

10.19 Form  of  Amended  and  Restated  Change  of  Control  Agreement  for  executive  vice  presidents  (incorporated  by 
reference  to  Exhibit 10.22  to  the  Company's Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  September 28, 
2014).*

10.20 Executive  Compensation  Plan  (as  amended  and  restated  November 14,  2013)  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.23 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 29, 2013).*

21 Subsidiaries of the Company.+ 

23 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP).+ 

24 Power of Attorney (included on page 97 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).

31.1 Chief Executive Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).+ 

31.2 Chief Financial Officer Certification pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).+ 

32.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 1350.+ 

32.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 1350.+ 

95 Mine Safety Disclosures.+ 

101 The  following  financial  information  from  our  Company's  Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K,  for  the  period  ended 
October 1,  2017,  formatted  in  eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language:  (i) Consolidated  Balance  Sheets, 
(ii) Consolidated  Statements  of  Income, 
(iii) Consolidated  Statement  of  Comprehensive  Income  (Loss),
(iv) Consolidated  Statements  of  Equity,  (v) Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows,  (vi) Notes  to  Consolidated
Financial Statements(cid:3)+(1)

_______________________________________________________________________________

* Indicates a management contract or compensatory arrangement.
+ Filed herewith.
(1) Pursuant  to  Rule 406T  of  Regulation S-T,  the  XBRL  related  information  in  Exhibit 101  to  this  Annual  Report  on
Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to(cid:3)
the liability of the section, and shall not be deemed part of a registration statement, prospectus or other document filed(cid:3)
under  the  Securities Act  or  the  Exchange Act,  except  as  shall  be  expressly  set  forth  by  specific  reference  in  such(cid:3)
filings.

107

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report on Form 10-

K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES 

Date: November 15, 2017

TETRA TECH, INC.

By:

/s/ DAN L. BATRACK

        Dan L. Batrack
        Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Dan L. Batrack and
Steven M. Burdick, jointly and severally, his attorney-in-fact, each with the full power of substitution, for such person, in any and all capacities, to sign any and 
all  amendments  to  this Annual  Report  on  Form 10-K,  and  to  file  the  same,  with  all  exhibits  thereto  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing 
requisite  and  necessary  to  be  done  in  connection  therewith,  as  fully  to  all  intents  and  purposes  as  he  might  do  or  could  do  in person,  hereby  ratifying  and 
confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons 

on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature 

Title 

Date

/s/ DAN L. BATRACK
Dan L. Batrack

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

November 15, 2017

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ STEVEN M. BURDICK

Chief Financial Officer

Steven M. Burdick

(Principal Financial Officer)

November 15, 2017

/s/ BRIAN N. CARTER
Brian N. Carter

Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller

November 15, 2017

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ ALBERT E. SMITH

Director 

Albert E. Smith

/s/ HUGH M. GRANT
Hugh M. Grant

/s/ PATRICK C. HADEN
Patrick C. Haden

/s/ J. CHRISTOPHER LEWIS
J. Christopher Lewis

Director 

Director 

Director 

/s/ JOANNE M. MAGUIRE

Director 

Joanne M. Maguire

/s/ J. KENNETH THOMPSON
J. Kenneth Thompson

/s/ KIRSTEN M. VOLPI
Kirsten M. Volpi

/s/ KIMBERLY E. RITRIEVI
Kimberly E. Ritrievi

Director 

Director 

Director 

108

November 15, 2017

November 15, 2017

November 15, 2017

November 15, 2017

November 15, 2017

November 15, 2017

November 15, 2017

November 15, 2017

[ This page is intentionally left blank ] 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company Information

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

CORPORATE LEADERSHIP

OPERATIONAL LEADERSHIP

Dan L. Batrack
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and 
President, Tetra Tech, Inc.

Dan L. Batrack
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer  
and President

Derek G. Amidon
President, Commercial Account 
Management Division

Hugh M. Grant
Retired Vice Chair & Regional Managing 
Partner, Ernst & Young LLP

Steven M. Burdick
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer

Patrick C. Haden
President, Wilson Avenue Consulting

J. Christopher Lewis
Managing Director,  
Riordan, Lewis & Haden

Joanne M. Maguire
Retired Executive Vice President, 
Lockheed Martin Space Systems 
Company

Kimberly E. Ritrievi
President, The Ritrievi Group LLC

Albert E. Smith
Retired Executive Vice President, 
Lockheed Martin

J. Kenneth Thompson
President and Chief Executive Officer, 
Pacific Star Energy, LLC

Kirsten M. Volpi
EVP for Finance and Administration, 
COO, CFO and Treasurer,  
Colorado School of Mines

Leslie L. Shoemaker
Executive Vice President, Operations 
and President, Commercial/
International Services Group 

William R. Brownlie
Senior Vice President,  
Chief Engineer and Corporate Risk 
Management Officer

Brian N. Carter
Senior Vice President, Corporate 
Controller and Chief Accounting Officer

Craig L. Christensen
Senior Vice President, 
Chief Information Officer

Richard A. Lemmon
Senior Vice President, 
Corporate Administration

Kevin P. McDonald
Senior Vice President, 
Human Resources and Leadership 
Development 

Preston Hopson 
Senior Vice President,  
General Counsel and Secretary

Roger R. Argus
President, Government  
Services Group and President,  
U.S. Government Division

Jan K. Auman
President, Global Development
Services Division

Urs B. Meyerhans
President, Asia Pacific Division

Mark A. Rynning
President, U.S. Infrastructure Division

Bernard Teufele
President, Canada and  
South America Division

CHAIRMAN EMERITUS

Li-San Hwang
Former Chairman and 
Chief Executive Officer, Tetra Tech, Inc.

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
Tetra Tech, Inc.
3475 East Foothill Boulevard 
Pasadena, California 91107-6024 USA

Telephone: +1 (626) 351-4664 
Fax: +1 (626) 351-5291
tetratech.com

SHAREHOLDER INQUIRIES
Telephone: +1 (626) 470-2844 
Email: IR@tetratech.com 

TRANSFER AGENT AND 
REGISTRAR
Computershare Trust Company, N.A. 
250 Royall Street 
Canton, Massachusetts 02021-1011 USA 

Telephone: +1 (800) 962-4284

STOCK LISTING
The Company’s common stock is 
traded on the NASDAQ Global Select 
Market (Symbol: TTEK)